IMCO RECYCLING INC
10-K, 1996-04-01
SECONDARY SMELTING & REFINING OF NONFERROUS METALS
Previous: SYNCOR INTERNATIONAL CORP /DE/, 10-K405, 1996-04-01
Next: ST JUDE MEDICAL INC, 10-K/A, 1996-04-01



<PAGE>


               UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          Washington, D.C. 20549
                                 FORM 10-K

[X]       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
          For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

[ ]       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
          SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                       Commission File Number 1-7170

                            IMCO RECYCLING INC.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                          75-2008280
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization                         Identification Number)

        5215 North O'Connor Blvd., Suite 940, Irving, Texas 75039
                (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (214) 869-6575

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

    Title of Each Class                  Exchange on Which Registered
    -------------------                  ----------------------------
Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value            New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:  NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes__X_  No___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [  ].

As of March 15, 1996, the aggregate market value of voting stock held by 
nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $222,547,762

Shares of Common Stock outstanding at March 15, 1996:  11,786,430

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 1996 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III 
hereof.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PART I

ITEM                                                                     PAGE
- ----                                                                     ----
<S>             <C>                                                       <C>

Item 1.    Business (including Executive Officers)......................   3

Item 2.    Properties...................................................  12

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings............................................  13

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
           Holders......................................................  13

PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
           Stockholder Matters..........................................  13

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data......................................  14

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
           Condition and Results of Operations..........................  15

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data..................  19

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants
           on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......................  34

PART III
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the
            Registrant..................................................  34

Item 11.   Executive Compensation.......................................  34

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
            and Management..............................................  34

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............  34

PART IV
Item 14.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
            Reports on Form 8-K.........................................  34

Signatures..............................................................  40
</TABLE>


                                      2

<PAGE>

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

The principal business of IMCO Recycling Inc. (the "Company") is owning and 
operating aluminum recycling plants.  The Company believes it is the world's 
largest recycler of secondary aluminum, which includes used aluminum beverage 
cans  ("UBCs"), scrap and dross  (a by-product of aluminum production).  The 
Company converts UBCs, scrap and dross into molten metal in furnaces which it 
then delivers to customers in molten form or ingots.  The Company recovers 
magnesium via a relatively similar process and also recycles zinc.  Except 
where the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" as used herein 
refers to IMCO Recycling Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The Company's strategy is to participate in sectors of the nonferrous metals 
recycling industry in which it believes it can provide customers with a 
technology-based, value-added service and in which it can develop significant 
market share.  A large percentage of the Company's processing capacity is 
utilized to recycle scrap material and charge a fee for this service (a 
service called "tolling"). The Company intends to continue to expand its 
business both in the United States and abroad (i) by establishing additional 
aluminum recycling facilities which would be dedicated to one or more major 
customers, (ii) by expanding its existing facilities and (iii) by acquiring 
or partnering with other similar recycling businesses.  There can be no 
assurance, however, that any such expansions or acquisitions will be 
accomplished.  See "SALES AND MARKETING."

The Company's business has benefited from the trend to include recycled 
materials in finished products, and in particular from the growth in the 
production and use of aluminum beverage cans and their recycling.  The 
recycling of UBCs in the United States has increased because of economic, 
legislative and environmental factors.  The number of aluminum beverage cans 
produced has increased from approximately 34.7 billion in 1979 to 101 billion 
in 1995, and the number of UBCs recycled increased from approximately 8.5 
billion to 63 billion during the same period, according to industry estimates.

The Company's principal customers include Aluminum Company of America   
("Alcoa"),  Barmet Aluminum Corporation ("Barmet"), a subsidiary of CasTech 
Aluminum Group Inc., Alcan Aluminum Corporation, Ravenswood Aluminum 
Corporation ("Ravenswood"), Commonwealth Aluminum Corporation, ACX 
Technologies, Inc., Alumax Aluminum Company, Rock Creek Aluminum Inc. and 
Logan Aluminum Co.,  all of whom use aluminum recycled by the Company to 
produce can sheet, building, automotive and other products.  

For the year ended December 31, 1995, approximately 93.6% of the Company's 
total pounds of metal processed involved tolling.  Tolling operations do not 
expose the Company to the risk of commodity price fluctuations and impose 
relatively low working capital demands; consequently, the Company prefers to 
utilize as much of its capacity as possible for tolling.  The balance of the 
Company's processing is principally derived from dross and scrap purchased, 
recycled and then sold by the Company ("buy/sell" business).  See 
"OPERATIONS."


                                      3

<PAGE>

BACKGROUND

The Company was organized in 1985 as Frontier Texas Corporation under the 
corporate laws of Delaware. In September 1986, the Company acquired its 
aluminum and magnesium recycling business through its purchase of 
International Metal Co.,  an Oklahoma corporation.  In September 1988, 
International Metal Co. merged with and into the Company, and the Company 
changed its name to IMCO Recycling Inc.

In January 1992, the Company purchased Interamerican Zinc, Inc. ("IZI"), a 
processor and recycler of zinc dross for U.S. steel galvanizers. In March 
1992, the Company entered into a long-term supply agreement with Barmet and 
constructed an aluminum recycling facility adjacent to Barmet's rolling mill 
in Uhrichsville, Ohio See ITEM 2.  "PROPERTIES".  In December 1993, the 
Company purchased substantially all of the assets of a Corona, California 
aluminum recycling facility, and, in September 1994, the Company purchased  
Phoenix Smelting Corporation ("Phoenix") and its wholly owned subsidiary,  
Metal Resources, Inc., which owns and operates an aluminum recycling facility 
in Loudon, Tennessee ("Loudon").

In September 1995, the Company purchased all of the assets of an aluminum 
recycling facility in Bedford, Indiana ("Bedford").  In addition, in October 
1995, the Company acquired all of the stock of Alumar Associates, Inc. 
("Alumar") and its wholly owned subsidiary, Metal Mark, Inc. ("Metal Mark"), 
which owned and operated three aluminum recycling facilities located in 
Chicago Heights, Illinois, Sikeston, Missouri, and Pittsburg, Kansas, and 
also owned 50 percent of another aluminum recycling facility located in East 
Chicago, Indiana.  Subsequent to the purchase the Company decided to close 
the Pittsburg facility because of economic considerations. See ITEM 2.  
"PROPERTIES".

In December 1995, the Company became a 50% owner in a German company named 
VAW-IMCO GuB und Recycling GmbH ("VAW-IMCO").  This venture was formed to own 
and operate two recycling and foundry alloy facilities which were previously 
owned by VAW aluminium AG, the largest aluminum company in Germany. The 
plants will principally serve the European automotive markets.  This venture 
represents the Company's first investment in the international aluminum arena.

At year-end 1995, the Company owned and operated 10 domestic recycling plants 
that have an aggregate annual processing capacity of approximately 1.46 
billion pounds of aluminum and 50 million pounds of other metals.  In 
addition to the above wholly owned facilities, the Company is a 50% owner of 
(i) the East Chicago facility mentioned above which has the ability to 
process 80 million pounds of aluminum, and (ii) VAW-IMCO which will have a 
processing capacity of 220 million pounds of aluminum. 

In 1996, the Company plans to construct an aluminum recycling facility in 
Coldwater,  Michigan.   The Company will be a 75% owner of the facility, 
which will have a long-term supply agreement for the delivery of hot metal to 
the 25% partner, Alchem Aluminum, Inc ("Alchem").  Alchem manufactures 
specification aluminum alloys that are sold principally to  automotive 
manufacturers.  

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

The Company recycles aluminum and delivers the recycled metal to customers as 
ingot or molten aluminum.  The Company's customers include most of the major 
United States aluminum 


                                      4

<PAGE>

producers, aluminum diecasters, extruders, and other processors of  aluminum 
products.  A principal element of the Company's strategic plan calls for 
entering into new markets, specifically the rapidly expanding aluminum 
automotive market.  In 1995 the Company entered this market with the 
acquisition of Metal Mark and the announced construction of the Coldwater, 
Michigan plant.

In addition, the Company plans to increase its emphasis on seeking foreign 
locales for its recycling facilities where market conditions warrant.  
General political and economic conditions in these countries could affect the 
overall financial prospects of the Company.  Foreign operations are generally 
subject to several risks, including foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations, strict environmental regulations, changes in the methods and 
amounts of taxation, foreign exchange controls and government restrictions on 
the repatriation of hard currency.

The Company recycles magnesium dross for primary magnesium producers.  It 
also produces a line of magnesium anodes that are recycled from post-consumer 
scrap and sold to end users and independent distributors for corrosion 
protection of steel structures.

The Company believes that IZI is the largest recycler of hot-dip zinc dross 
for continuous galvanizers in the U.S.  IZI's principal customers during 1995 
consisted of most of the major U.S. steel companies.

THE RECYCLING PROCESS

The raw material received for aluminum processing is loaded into furnaces 
where gas heat is applied along with a flux mixture (salt and potash).  Some 
of the Company's aluminum facilities operate proprietary rotary furnaces of a 
unique design (which are somewhat more flexible than reverberatory furnaces) 
and can process UBCs, dross and various types of aluminum scrap.  The Company 
believes that its uniquely designed rotary furnaces are more efficient and 
cleaner than, and provide rates of recovery superior to, conventional rotary 
furnaces.

The Loudon, Bedford and Metal Mark facilities operate conventional rotary 
furnaces which are somewhat larger than the Company's proprietary rotary 
furnaces.  The Bedford facility's rotary furnace is unique in that it also 
features automated material charging mechanisms.  The Corona plant operates 
reverberatory type furnaces which are specifically designed for UBCs and can 
plant scrap.  In 1995, the Company installed additional environmental 
equipment in order to be able to process other types of clean scrap through 
Corona's reverberatory furnaces.

Materials are melted in the furnaces, and the recovered metal is poured 
directly into an ingot mold or hot metal crucible for delivery to customers.  
Some of the Company's plants make deliveries of molten aluminum in crucibles 
transported by trucks to customers' plants.  The molten aluminum is poured 
directly into the customer's furnace, saving the customer the time and 
expense of remelting aluminum ingot.  The Company normally charges an 
additional fee for transportation and handling of molten aluminum.  The 
Bedford plant has the ability to deliver molten aluminum, but has not yet 
developed the customer base to take advantage of this capability.  The 
Corona, Sapulpa, and Metal Mark plants are restricted by the geographical 
location of their customers to delivering the aluminum in ingot form.  
Magnesium is recycled by the same method in a rotary furnace at the Sapulpa, 
Oklahoma plant.


                                      5

<PAGE>

The Company's principal type of aluminum and magnesium rotary furnace was 
developed by a former shareholder of International Metal Co.  The Company has 
a nonexclusive right to use this furnace, subject only to the Company's 
maintaining the confidentiality of the furnace design.  The Company requires 
its key operational employees to enter into agreements to meet this 
confidentiality requirement.  There can be no assurances that others will not 
purchase or develop similar furnaces, that the process will not be 
transferred to or obtained by others, or that other metal producers will not 
develop a similar metal recovery process.

The aluminum recycling process from the Company's rotary furnaces produces a 
by-product called "salt cake," which is formed from the contaminants and 
coatings on aluminum scrap and dross and the salts added during the aluminum 
recycling process.  (The by-product of the reverberatory furnaces is dross.)  
Salt cake is composed of salts, metallic aluminum, aluminum oxide and small 
amounts of other materials.

The Company disposes of its salt cake and certain airborne contaminants  
("baghouse dust")  in landfills with cells dedicated for use exclusively by 
the Company or that separately encapsulate the Company's material.  Salt cake 
is not currently listed as a "hazardous waste" under the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976  ("RCRA") or as a "hazardous substance" 
under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability 
Act of 1980  ("CERCLA"). The Company has built and operates a lined landfill 
at its Morgantown Plant in 1989 meeting RCRA Subchapter "C" hazardous waste 
standards.

In May 1994 the Company announced that it had developed a patented technology 
that produces fertilizer as a by-product instead of salt cake.  This process, 
if proven commercially feasible, would allow for "closed loop" recycling of 
many of the materials used in the aluminum recycling process.  In 1995 the 
Company constructed a facility adjacent to its Morgantown plant to further 
process the salt cake and extract whatever aluminum is left after the melting 
process. This salt cake processing facility is the first step needed for 
closed loop recycling.  The process involves crushing of the salt cake and 
separation of a portion of the aluminum contained in the salt cake. The 
residual product is then landfilled in the Company's Morgantown landfill. The 
plant began processing salt cake in January 1996 and is in the initial 
start-up phase.  See "ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS".   The Company has not 
previously attempted this large scale crushing of its salt cake and the 
efficiency of this process has not yet been determined.

In the zinc recycling process, dross is first melted in an electric induction 
furnace and then transferred to a reactor which removes the impurities (iron 
and zinc oxide, which are sold as a by-product).  The remaining molten zinc 
is poured into a reverberatory holding furnace from which it is blended and 
cast into ingots which are returned to the customer.  IZI holds patent rights 
to its process in the United States and 13 other countries.

OPERATIONS

In its aluminum tolling operations, the Company accepts UBCs, dross and scrap 
owned by its customers and processes this material for a tolling charge per 
pound of incoming weight.  In order to retain control of their metal 
supplies, customers have desired to toll, rather than sell, their scrap 
materials.  Tolling requires no metal inventory to be purchased or held by 
the Company. In addition, tolling does not expose the Company to the risk of 
fluctuating metal prices since the Company does not own the material being 
processed.  The Metal Mark acquisition will change somewhat the Company's 
historical ratio of tolling to buy/sell business because only about 50% of 


                                      6

<PAGE>

Metal Mark's business has traditionally involved tolling.  See ITEM 7.  
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS".

When purchasing metals in the open market for its buy/sell business, the 
Company attempts to reduce the risk of fluctuating metal prices by arranging 
for the sale of the aluminum anticipated to be recovered and by avoiding 
large inventories of ingot or scrap material except to the extent necessary 
to allow its plants to operate without interruption. 

SALES AND MARKETING

The Company's principal customers (see "GENERAL" above) all use recycled 
aluminum to produce can sheet and building, automotive and other products.  
The Company provides products and services to a number of primary and 
fabricating facilities of Alcoa.  During 1993, 1994 and 1995, Alcoa accounted 
for approximately 39%, 30% and 23%, respectively, of revenues.  Barmet 
accounted for  approximately 14%, 12% and 9% of revenues in 1993, 1994 and 
1995, respectively.  The loss of either Alcoa or Barmet as customers would 
have a material adverse effect upon the business of the Company and its 
future operating results.  See ITEM 7.  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS".

Agreements with customers in the recycling industry have customarily been 
short-term agreements. These usually result from a bidding process where 
aluminum producers and metal traders offer to sell materials or to have 
materials tolled.  Consequently, the Company historically has maintained no 
significant backlog of orders.  However, the Company has secured some longer 
term commitments for its recycling services with Alcoa, Barmet, Rock Creek 
and Ravenswood.

In 1992 the Company was successful in obtaining a 10 year contract with 
Barmet to process all of Barmet's scrap aluminum, UBCs and dross at the 
Company's Uhrichsville plant.  See "BACKGROUND" above and ITEM 2. "PROPERTIES 
- - ALUMINUM RECYCLING"  below.

In early 1994 the Company entered into a three-year processing agreement with 
Alcoa whereby the Company's Rockwood plant will provide secondary metal for 
its Alcoa, Tennessee facility.  This agreement was modified in 1995 to 
reflect greater volumes and to include Loudon as an approved supplier under 
the terms of the contract.  This agreement will extend for additional one 
year terms at the end of each contract year unless terminated by either 
party.  If terminated by either party, the agreement will continue in effect 
until the second anniversary date of the last day of the contract year during 
which the termination notice was given.  The agreement obligates the Company 
to indemnify Alcoa for certain environmental liabilities which Alcoa may 
incur in connection with the transactions contemplated by the agreement. 

The Barmet and Alcoa agreements contain escalation provisions which are 
intended to cover increases in certain of the Company's processing costs.  
The Company may seek similar dedicated long-term arrangements with customers 
in the future.  See "GENERAL".  Increased emphasis on dedicated facilities to 
customers and dedicated contracts with customers carries the inherent risk of 
increased dependence on a single or few customers with respect to a 
particular Company facility.  In such cases, the loss of such a customer 
could have a material adverse affect on the Company's financial condition and 
results of operation, and any timely replacement of volumes attributable to 
such a customer could prove difficult.


                                      7

<PAGE>

The primary metals industry and the metals recycling industry are subject to 
cyclical fluctuations, depending upon the availability and price of 
unprocessed scrap metal and demand in the metal consuming industries. 
Temporary reductions in can stock production by one of the Company's 
customers have previously affected the Company's revenues.  See ITEM 7.  
"MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS".

COMPETITION

The aluminum recycling industry is fragmented and highly competitive.  The 
principal factors of competition in the industry are price, recovery rates, 
environmental and safety regulatory compliance, and services (e.g., the 
ability to deliver molten aluminum).  Freight costs also limit the geographic 
areas in which the Company can effectively compete.

The major aluminum producers, some of which are the Company's largest 
customers, have generally discontinued processing dross, instead focusing 
their resources on other aspects of aluminum production.  UBCs and other 
scrap are processed by both the secondary recycling industry and the major 
producers.  The Company competes with both other secondary recyclers and 
their customers when purchasing and processing scrap for the buy/sell 
business.


The amount of the Company's tolling business can also vary depending upon the 
extent that the major aluminum producers' used metal materials are internally 
recycled.  The aluminum producers generally vary their rate of internal 
recycling depending upon furnace availability, inventory levels, the price of 
aluminum, and their own internal demand for metal.  The major aluminum 
producers are larger and have greater financial resources than the Company.  
A decision by these producers to expand their recycling operations could 
reduce demand for certain of the Company's products and services. 

SOURCE AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS AND ENERGY

The Company has historically not had, and does not anticipate having, 
difficulties in obtaining raw materials for its operations.  In the case of 
buy/sell business, the primary sources of aluminum and magnesium for 
recycling are dross and scrap, which are purchased from both the major 
aluminum producers and metal traders.

Generally, fluctuations in market prices for both aluminum and magnesium have 
not affected the availability of these metals to the Company.  The 
availability of zinc dross is dependent upon the demand for galvanized steel, 
which has historically paralleled fluctuations in customer demand in the 
automotive, appliance and construction industries.

The Company's operations are fueled by natural gas, which represents the 
second largest component of operating costs.  In 1993 the Company experienced 
increases in its natural gas cost at two of its plants.  In response to this 
increase in natural gas cost, the Company, in 1994, secured 12 month 
commitments of gas at a fixed rate for the majority of its gas needs at these 
two plants.  Natural gas prices declined in 1995, and the Company decided in 
most instances to not renew its fixed price natural gas contracts.  Due to 
unseasonably cold weather, natural gas prices increased in early 1996. All of 
the Company's long term contracts contain natural gas price escalators.  See 
ITEM 7. "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS".  The Company understands that most of its 
competitors' operations also are fueled by natural gas; therefore, it 
believes that increases in the prices for natural gas do not adversely affect 


                                      8

<PAGE>

the Company's competitive position.  The Company believes it will continue to 
have access to adequate energy supplies to meet its needs for the foreseeable 
future.


SEASONALITY

UBC collections have historically been highest in the summer months and lower 
in the winter months. Therefore, the Company has at times experienced lower 
volumes during the winter.  In recent years, however, the Company's 
processing volumes have fluctuated mostly due to its startup of additional 
capacity rather than the seasonality of UBC collections.

TRANSPORTATION

The Company receives UBCs, dross and scrap, and ships its recycled aluminum 
by both rail and truck. Most of the Company's plants own their own rail 
siding or have access to rail lines nearby. IZI receives zinc dross and ships 
recycled zinc by truck.  The Company owns and leases various trucks and 
trailers to support its business.  Customarily, the transportation costs of 
scrap materials to be tolled are paid by the customer, while the 
transportation costs of aluminum and magnesium purchased and sold by the  
Company may be paid either by the customer or the Company.  The Company 
contracts with third-party transportation firms for the hauling for disposal 
of some of its solid waste.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1995, the Company had 984 employees, consisting of 186 
employees engaged in administrative and supervisory activities and 798 
employees engaged in production and maintenance. The production and 
maintenance employees at the Rockwood plant are represented by the United 
Steelworkers of America under a five-year collective bargaining agreement 
that expires in August 2000.  The production and maintenance workers at the 
Uhrichsville plant are represented by the United Mine Workers of America.  
This contract expires on November 30, 1998.  The production and maintenance 
workers at the Corona plant are represented by the International Brotherhood 
of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers.  This 
agreement expires on November 30, 1996.  The production and maintenance 
workers at the Bedford plant are represented by the International Brotherhood 
of Electrical Workers.  This agreement expires in April 1997.  The production 
and maintenance workers at the Sikeston plant are also represented by the 
United Steelworkers of America union under an agreement which expires in 
March 1997.  Labor relations with employees have been satisfactory.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The processing of UBCs, dross and scrap generates solid waste in the form of 
salt cake and baghouse dust.  At the Sapulpa and Morgantown plants, the 
Company disposes of its solid waste at its own permitted disposal sites.  The 
Rockwood, Loudon, and Bedford plants currently dispose of their solid waste 
by transporting it to the Morgantown plant where the Company, in 1996, began 
operating a salt cake processing facility which prepares salt cake for 
landfilling.  See ITEM 2.  "PROPERTIES - SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL".   Under the 
supply agreement with Barmet, the disposal of all salt cake generated by the 
Company as a result of its processing for Barmet is the responsibility of 
Barmet.  Salt cake from all other material processed at the Uhrichsville 
plant is either shipped to the Morgantown plant for disposal or landfilled 
with a local solid waste management firm.  The by-product generated at the 
Corona plant is in the form of dross.  This dross is processed as an input 


                                      9

<PAGE>

material at one of the Company's other plants.  The Chicago Heights and 
Sikeston plants currently dispose of most of their salt cake with third party 
landfills; however, the Company is currently evaluating the disposal of these 
two plants' salt cake at Morgantown.

If salt cake were ever classified as a hazardous waste or substance under 
RCRA or CERCLA, the Company's handling and disposal of salt cake would be 
required to be modified.  To dispose of its salt cake, the Company may then 
be required to take other actions including obtaining a RCRA Subchapter "C" 
permit for its Morgantown landfill, obtaining other permits (including 
transportation permits), and consider landfilling additional amounts of salt 
cake with third parties not under the Company's direct control.  Based on 
current annual processing volumes and remaining landfill capacity, the 
estimated remaining lives of the landfills currently used by the Sapulpa and 
Morgantown plants are two years and three years, respectively.  The Company 
recently built additional landfill space at its Morgantown plant.  Landfill 
closure costs for the Company-owned landfills are currently estimated to 
exceed $4,000,000.  The Company is currently providing for this expenditure 
by accruing, on a current basis, these estimated costs as the landfills are 
used.  See ITEM 2.  "PROPERTIES".

In recent years, the Company's operations, like those of other basic 
industries, have become subject to stringent legislation and regulations 
regarding the protection of human health and the environment.  It can be 
anticipated that more rigorous laws and regulations will be enacted that 
could require the Company to make substantial expenditures in addition to 
those referred to herein.  

The Clean Air Act provides for federal, state and local regulation of the 
emission of air pollutants. As a result of the Clean Air Act amendments in 
1990, the Company may have to obtain additional permits, install additional 
pollution control equipment and otherwise incur additional capital 
expenditures.  The Company does not currently believe that foreseeable costs 
of compliance will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial 
position.

The Company believes that it is in material compliance with applicable 
environmental regulations. Due to relatively high costs and limited coverage, 
the Company does not carry environmental impairment liability insurance.  The 
Company made capital expenditures for environmental control facilities of 
approximately $6,344,000 in 1995, most of which was for landfill capacity 
additions, and it is currently estimated that such expenditures will be 
approximately $5,250,000 in 1996 and $5,500,000 in 1997.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The executive officers of the Company are listed below, together with brief 
accounts of their experience and certain other information.  Executive 
officers are appointed by the Board of Directors. 


                                      10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                     AGE     POSITION
- ----                     ---     --------
<S>                      <C>        <C>
Frank H. Romanelli       51      President and Chief Executive Officer

Richard L. Kerr          53      Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
                                 Officer; President of Metals Division

Paul V. Dufour           56      Executive Vice President - Finance and
                                 Administration, Chief Financial Officer 
                                 and Secretary

Thomas W. Rogers         49      Senior Vice President, Marketing

C. Lee Newton            52      Senior Vice President, Operations
</TABLE>

Frank H. Romanelli was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer 
effective January 1, 1995.  He was previously Executive Vice President - 
Commercial at Occidental Chemicals Company in Dallas, Texas, responsible for 
long-term strategy, acquisitions and divestitures and had served in various 
other capacities at Occidental over the last 12 years including managing the 
$1.8 billion petrochemical business.

Richard L. Kerr has served as Executive Vice President since July 1988.  In 
1991, he was promoted to Chief Operating Officer of the Company and in 1994 
became President of the Company's Metals Division. Mr. Kerr joined 
International Metal Co. in April 1984, and became Executive Vice President of 
International Metal Co. in April 1987.

Paul V. Dufour has served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
Secretary of the Company since March 1987.  He was promoted to Senior Vice 
President in May 1988 and to Executive Vice President in October 1994.  He is 
principally responsible for the Company's financial and administrative 
functions.

Thomas W. Rogers has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since 
July 1988.  Mr. Rogers was employed as Plant Manager of the Sapulpa, Oklahoma 
plant in October 1986 and became Senior Vice President of International Metal 
Co. in April 1987.

C. Lee Newton was promoted to Senior Vice President of the Company in 1993.  
Mr. Newton was named Vice President in 1990 and was the General Manager of 
the Morgantown, Kentucky plant from 1989 to 1993.  He was originally employed 
by the Company as Plant Manager of its Rockwood, Tennessee plant in 1987.


                                      11

<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES


ALUMINUM RECYCLING.

The Company owns and operates the following processing plants as detailed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ESTIMATED
                                 NUMBER      ANNUAL                                      MOLTEN
                        OWNED      OF       CAPACITY     YEAR      YEAR    MATERIALS    DELIVERY
       PLANT           ACREAGE  FURNACES  (MILLION LBS)  BUILT   ACQUIRED  PROCESSED   CAPABILITY
       -----           -------  --------  -------------  -----   --------  ---------   ----------
        <S>             <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>
                                                                             Alum,
Sapulpa, OK.              64        7          145        1962      --        Mag          No
Rockwood,TN.             238        6          200        1985      --       Alum         Yes
Morgantown, KY.          454        6          200        1989      --       Alum         Yes
Uhrichsville, OH.         42       10          335        1992      --       Alum         Yes
Corona, CA.               20        3          100         --      1993      Alum          No
Loudon, TN.              173        3          180         --      1994      Alum         Yes
Bedford, IN.              19        2          150         --      1995      Alum         Yes
Chicago Hts., IL.         13        2          100         --      1995      Alum          No
Sikeston, MO.             24        3           60         --      1995      Alum          No
Adrian, MI.                *        2           40         --      1992      Zinc          No
</TABLE>
___________________________
* - The 50,000 sq. ft. Adrian facility is leased by IZI.  This lease, which 
includes both the operations and office space, expires in May 1997 and is 
presently not expected to be renewed.

The Company also owns 50% of a recycling facility located in East Chicago, 
Indiana.  This facility has annual capacity to process 80 million pounds of 
aluminum.

Barmet has an option to acquire up to a 49% equity interest in the 
Uhrichsville plant at a price equal to that equity percentage multiplied by 
the depreciated book value of the plant or the subsidiary owning the plant, 
plus a premium to compensate the Company for its recycling technology. The 
option price may be above or below the fair value of the Uhrichsville plant.  
Should Barmet exercise its option, there can be no assurance that the 
production or earnings attributable to the purchased interest could be 
replaced, and the Company's net earnings and cash flow could be adversely 
affected.

In 1996, the Company plans to construct a new aluminum recycling facility in 
Coldwater, Michigan. This facility, which will be 75% owned by the Company 
and 25% owned by the plant's largest customer, Alchem, will have a rated 
annual capacity of 150 million pounds and will principally serve the 
automotive market.  The Company will be the operator of the facility and will 
deliver molten aluminum to its customer-partner.  Alchem will have certain 
rights to purchase additional equity interests not to exceed 40% of the total 
joint venture equity if the facility is expanded or if Alchem increases its 
supply commitments.

In 1996, the Company began its participation in a 50/50 venture in Germany 
known as VAW-IMCO GuB und Recycling GmbH.  The venture will operate two 
recycling and foundry alloy 


                                      12

<PAGE>

facilities located at Grevenbroich and Toging, Germany.  Annual capacity for 
these two plants is expected to be 220 million pounds. 

In 1995, the Sapulpa, Rockwood, Morgantown and Uhrichsville plants all 
operated at rates in excess of their stated capacities.

SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL

The Company completed a new landfill cell adjacent to its plant in 
Morgantown, Kentucky in 1996. This landfill will be used to deposit all of 
the waste generated from the new salt cake processing facility at the 
Morgantown site.  It is currently anticipated that this new landfill cell, 
which is designed to be expanded several times throughout its life, will 
serve the Company's landfilling needs for over 80% of the salt cake generated 
by facilities currently owned by the Company in the United States for the 
next several years.  The Company also owns a landfill at its Sapulpa plant 
which is estimated to have two years of limited use remaining.  See ITEM 1.  
"BUSINESS - ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS".

ADMINISTRATIVE

In Irving, Texas, the Company leases approximately 17,300 square feet of 
office space for certain of its executive, financial and management 
functions.  This lease expires in 2000.

The Company believes that its plants and equipment are maintained in good 
operating condition. Substantially all of the properties and equipment at the 
Sapulpa, Rockwood and Morgantown plants are mortgaged to secure senior 
indebtedness.  See NOTE F--LONG TERM DEBT AND CREDIT LINES OF NOTES TO 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is not aware of any material pending legal proceedings against 
the Company or its operations.  The Company is party from time to time to 
what it believes are routine litigation and proceedings considered as part of 
the ordinary course of its business.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders of the Company during 
the quarter ended December 31, 1995.

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange (trading 
symbol:  IMR).  The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters 
indicated, the high and low sales prices for the Company's Common Stock, as 
reported on The New York Stock Exchange composite tape from January 1, 1994 
through December 31, 1995, and the dividends declared per share during the 
periods indicated.


                                      13

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DIVIDENDS
                            HIGH         LOW        DECLARED
                            ----         ---        ---------
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Calendar Year 1994 
   First Quarter          $15          $12-1/8       $  -- 
   Second Quarter          14-7/8       12-1/2          -- 
   Third Quarter           16-7/8       13-1/2          -- 
   Fourth Quarter          15-3/4       12-1/2        0.10

Calendar Year 1995 
   First Quarter          $16-3/8      $13-3/8       $  -- 
   Second Quarter          19-1/4       15-1/4        0.035 
   Third Quarter           23-3/4       17-7/8        0.035 
   Fourth Quarter          24-1/2       20-1/2        0.035
</TABLE>

In late 1994 the Board of Directors declared a special year-end $0.10 per 
share cash dividend, payable on January 26, 1995 to holders of record of 
Common Stock as of December 29, 1994.  This was the first dividend declared 
by the Company.  The Company subsequently commenced paying a quarterly 
dividend of  $.035 per share in the second quarter of 1995 and declared a 
total of $.105 per share of quarterly dividends in 1995.  Dividends as may be 
determined by the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on the Common 
Stock from time to time out of any funds legally available therefor. The 
Company's long-term debt instruments limit the amount of cash dividends the 
Company can pay. This amount is determined by reference to a portion of the 
Company's "unrestricted net income" accumulated since September 1995 (as 
defined in its long-term debt instruments).  The Company intends to continue 
the payment of dividends on its Common Stock, although future dividend 
declarations are discretionary with the Company's Board of Directors and will 
depend upon the Company's level of earnings, cash flow, financial 
requirements, economic and business conditions and other relevant factors, 
including the restrictions contained in the Company's long-term debt 
instruments.  See ITEM 7.  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" AND NOTE F--LONG TERM DEBT AND CREDIT 
LINES OF NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

On March 15, 1996, the outstanding shares of Common Stock were held of record 
by 566 stockholders.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                        ---------------------------------------------------
                          1991       1992       1993      1994       1995
                        -------    -------    -------   --------   --------
                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                      <C>          <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>

Revenues                $49,177    $60,223    $74,216   $101,116   $141,167 
Net Earnings              5,594      7,475      8,022      8,471     12,470 
Net earnings per 
common share               0.52       0.67       0.70       0.73       1.03 
Total assets             52,960     68,871     79,427     96,791    139,877 
Long-term debt 
(excluding current
maturities)              13,000     10,500      8,000     11,860     29,754 
Dividends declared
per common share           --         --         --         0.10      0.105
</TABLE>


                                      14

<PAGE>

See ITEM 7.  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

Most of the Company's processing consists of aluminum, magnesium and zinc 
tolled for its customers. To a lesser extent, the Company also purchases 
scrap metal and dross for processing and resale.  Both the Company's tolling 
fees and the selling price of metal it buys, recycles and sells for its own 
account are included in sales revenue.  Accordingly, tolling business 
produces a lower amount of revenues and cost of sales than does the buy/sell 
business.  Variations in the mix of these two businesses can cause revenues 
to change significantly from period to period while not significantly 
affecting gross profit, because both types of transactions generally have the 
same gross profit per pound of metal processed.  As a result, the Company 
considers processing volume to be a more important determinant of performance 
than revenues.

During the early 1990s there was an excess of primary aluminum produced 
worldwide, and aluminum inventories on the worldwide commodity exchanges were 
at record levels, peaking in January 1994. This glut of aluminum was 
primarily responsible for causing aluminum prices to decline throughout this 
time period, and prices in January 1994 were at inflation-adjusted historical 
lows.  This situation impacted the profitability of the major aluminum 
producers who are some of the Company's largest customers.  This environment 
of low profitability for the Company's customers also had a negative impact 
on the Company's gross margin, as it had been unable to pass cost increases 
through to its customers.  In early 1994, worldwide inventories began falling 
for a number of reasons, including an increase in demand for aluminum, 
particularly in the United States, and prices for aluminum began to rise.  
This increase in pricing for aluminum had a positive effect on the Company in 
1994 both in its buy/sell business where the Company received increased 
prices for the aluminum it owned, and in its tolling business where certain 
increases in price for tolling services provided by the Company were 
obtained.  During 1995, worldwide aluminum prices declined from their 1994 
levels, particularly in the fourth quarter.  For the year ended December 31, 
1995, this decline was more than offset by increased processing volumes.  
However, in the first quarter of 1996, the combination of higher energy 
costs, lower aluminum prices and weather related disruptions which affected 
volumes processed, negatively impacted the Company's results.  It is not 
possible to predict the future price of aluminum or the level of worldwide 
inventories of aluminum and whether, or to what extent, such factors will 
affect the Company's future business.

The following table shows the total pounds of material processed (aluminum, 
magnesium and zinc), the percentage of total pounds processed represented by 
tolled aluminum, purchased aluminum, magnesium and zinc, total revenues, 
total gross profits and gross profit percentages: 


                                      15

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1993        1994         1995
                                     --------   ----------   ----------
                                      (in thousands, except percentages)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>          <C>
Pounds processed                      787,000    1,012,600    1,323,382 
Percent of total pounds processed  
     Tolled Aluminum                    92%         93%          92%
     Purchased Aluminum                  4%          3%           5% 
     Magnesium                           1%          1%          ** 
     Zinc                                3%          3%           3% 
Revenues                             $ 74,216   $  101,116   $  141,167 
Gross Profit                         $ 16,764   $   22,638   $   30,939 
Gross Profit %                        22.6%       22.4%        21.9%
</TABLE>
__________________________
**  less than 1 percent

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FISCAL YEAR 1995 VS. FISCAL YEAR 1994

The Company processed 1.3 billion pounds of metal in 1995 which represented 
an increase of 31% over the 1.0 billion pounds processed in 1994.  Increases 
from the Bedford and Metal Mark plants acquired late in 1995, and the Loudon 
plant which was acquired in September of 1994 and expanded in 1995, along 
with increased volume from all plant locations, accounted for the favorable 
variances. Revenues in 1995 were $141,167,000 which represented an increase 
of 40% over 1994's revenue of $101,116,000.  The percentage increase in 
revenues was greater than the increase in volumes processed because the 
amount of buy/sell business was greater in 1995 compared to 1994.  Assuming 
that Metal Mark maintains its approximate one-to-one historical ratio of 
tolling to buy/sell business, the Company's revenues are projected to 
continue to outpace the relative gains in processing volumes in 1996 because 
of the full year's effect of the Metal Mark business.

Gross profit of $30,939,000 was 37% above the $22,638,000 reported in 1995.  
Most of this resulted from the increased pounds processed.

Selling, general and administrative costs increased 56% to $10,027,000 
compared to the $6,440,000 reported in 1994.  This increase occurred because 
of the addition of key personnel required to manage the Company's rapid 
growth and because of selling, general and administrative costs associated 
with acquisitions carried out during the year.

Interest expense was about the same in 1995 as it was in 1994, while interest 
income rose to $424,000 compared to $154,000 in 1994.  This increase was due 
to larger amounts of cash invested.

The Company's income before taxes of $20,363,000 rose 49% compared to 1994.  
In 1994 the Company recorded nonrecurring litigation expense related to a 
lawsuit which reduced 1994's income before taxes by $1,635,000.  Excluding 
this item, 1995's increase would have been about 33% or very similar to the 
increases recorded in volume processed and gross profits.


                                      16


<PAGE>

The Company's increased income before tax and higher tax rates caused income 
tax expense to rise to $7,893,000 compared to $5,232,000 in 1994.  The 
effective tax rate was about 39% in 1995 compared to 38% in 1994.

FISCAL YEAR 1994 VS. FISCAL YEAR 1993

The Company processed 1.013 billion pounds in 1994, a 29% increase over the 
787 million pounds of material it processed in 1993.  Most of this increase 
was due to increased processing at the Uhrichsville plant, which reached full 
capacity during mid-year 1993 and was expanded by 25% in September 1994.  
Processing from the Corona plant acquired in December 1993 and Loudon which 
was acquired in September of 1994 also were significant contributors to the 
increased volume of metal processed in 1994.  In addition, all of the 
Company's other plants processed more metal in 1994 than they did in 1993.

Revenues of $101,116,000 were 36% higher than 1993 revenues of $74,216,000.  
The percentage increase in revenues was somewhat higher than the percentage 
increase in processing pounds, mostly because aluminum prices in 1994 were 
higher than in 1993, which resulted in higher revenues from the Company's 
buy/sell business.

Gross profit of $22,638,000 increased 35% over 1993's amount of $16,764,000.  
More than 80% of this increase was due to greater volumes of material 
processed.  The remainder of the gross profit increase in 1994 compared to 
1993 was a result of increases in revenue exceeding increases in costs. The 
revenue increase was largely a result of increases in the buy/sell business 
which, as noted above, benefited from rising aluminum prices in 1994.  The 
increased costs were mostly concentrated in workers compensation, medical, 
and refuse disposal costs.

Selling, general and administrative costs increased 28% above 1993's amount 
to $6,440,000.  Most of the increase is attributed to additional employees 
required by the Company's growth, and improvements to the operating 
information system, which improved efficiency, also increased the costs in 
this category.

As reported during 1994, the Company incurred nonrecurring litigation costs 
of $1,635,000, which represented the cost of settling certain litigation and 
associated legal costs related to a partnership which owned shares of the 
Company's stock.  The Company agreed to the settlement without admitting 
liability in order to avoid prolonged and costly litigation.  The plaintiffs 
released all claims against the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company 
received the preferred stock of a subsidiary whose ownership had been 
disputed.

Interest expense of $1,014,000 was about 13% higher than 1993's amount.  Most 
of this difference was due to interest on the additional borrowings related 
to the acquisition of Loudon.

Interest income of $154,000 decreased over 50% compared to 1993.  Lower 
levels of cash to invest, principally because of capital spending and 
acquisitions, are the reasons for this result.

Income before taxes of $13,703,000 increased 23% above 1993's level of 
$11,143,000.  The effective tax rate rose to 38% in 1994 compared with 28% in 
1993.  Increased state income tax amounts in 1994 and an increase in federal 
tax rates from 34% to 35% (caused by reaching a threshold level of income 
requiring this increase) were the reasons for the increase in the rate.


                                      17

<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Operations provided cash of $26,289,000 in 1995, compared with $13,622,000 of 
cash provided by operations in 1994.  Increased earnings as previously 
discussed and increases in other noncash charges (such as depreciation and 
deferred taxes) along with a reduction in working capital (excluding that 
attributed to acquisitions) in 1995 compared to an increase in 1994 were the 
factors leading to the increase in cash provided from operations.  Working 
capital (excluding that attributed to acquisitions) decreased $2,411,000 in 
1995 which represented a source of cash while it increased $5,302,000 in 
1994.  The decrease in 1995 was principally the result of reductions in 
accounts receivable which had increased in 1994.  At December 31, 1995, the 
Company's current ratio of 2.41 was similar to the December 31, 1994 ratio of 
2.64.  The Company's working capital requirements may increase in 1996 due to 
an anticipated higher level of processing pounds.

Capital spending, excluding acquisitions, amounted to $15,538,000 in 1995 and 
$6,646,000 in 1994. The new salt cake processing facility and new landfill 
both at the Morgantown facility accounted for the largest items in 1995.  
Spending in 1994 was largely related to the expansion of the Uhrichsville 
plant.  The acquisition of Bedford and Metal Mark required $20,137,000 in 
1995 while the acquisition of Loudon required approximately $5,300,000 in 
1994.

In order to take advantage of expansion opportunities and in connection with 
the acquisition of Bedford and Metal Mark, the Company borrowed $5,000,000 in 
September 1995 under terms it had previously negotiated with a commercial 
lending institution.  This Variable Rate Converting Revolving Loan has an 
amortization of five years and bears interest at a fluctuating rate, 
currently set at 6.8125%.  

In addition, in November 1995 the Company borrowed $15,000,000 of unsecured 
debt which represents half of the commitment the Company received from a 
private placement of notes.  The remaining half, or $15,000,000, is 
anticipated to be issued in the second quarter of  1996 to fund the Company's 
investment in the VAW-IMCO venture.  The notes issued in 1995 have a fixed 
interest rate set at 7.28% per annum and require mandatory annual prepayments 
of $3,000,000 beginning in 2003.  The notes to be issued in 1996 will have 
their interest rate set when they are issued.  In 1994 the Company also 
borrowed $5,000,000 under a five year term note (the "Term Note") to fund the 
repayment of certain debt assumed in connection with the Loudon acquisition.  

Also in 1995, the Company increased its borrowing limit up to $10,000,000 
under a restated revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility").  Under 
the Revolving Facility, the Company has a subfacility for the issuance of 
standby letters of credit, the amount available for borrowing is based on the 
Company's working capital as defined.  At year end, and at March 25, 1996, 
the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility.

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment in 1996 are currently 
estimated to total approximately $19,000,000.  The Company believes that its 
cash on hand, the resources available under the terms of its credit 
facilities and anticipated 1996 cash from operations should provide the 
financial resources necessary to fund its current needs and to meet its 
obligations in 1996 and for the foreseeable future.


                                      18

<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.........................  20

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1994.................  21

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three years ended 
  December 31, 1995.......................................................  22

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended
  December 31, 1995.......................................................  23

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the 
  three years ended December 31, 1995.....................................  24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................ 25-33
</TABLE>



All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting 
regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under 
the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been 
omitted. 


                                      19

<PAGE>

              REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 
Stockholders and 
Board of Directors
IMCO Recycling Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IMCO 
Recycling Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the 
related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity, and cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995.  
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's 
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above 
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position 
of IMCO Recycling Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and 
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with 
generally accepted accounting principles.





                                       ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Dallas, Texas
February  5, 1996


                                      20

<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- ---------------------------
IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995       1994
                                                                     --------   -------
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>
ASSETS 
CURRENT ASSETS  
   Cash and cash equivalents                                         $  8,678   $ 2,854
   Accounts receivable                                                 27,442    19,239 
   Inventories                                                          9,146     3,186 
   Deferred income taxes                                                1,298     1,978 
   Other current assets                                                 1,353       598 
                                                                     --------   -------
       TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                            47,917    27,855 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT,  net                                           78,769    61,046 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
   Excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets 
      acquired, net of accumulated amortization of $3,866 and 
      $3,219 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively               10,968     6,056 
   Patents, net                                                           233       296 
                                                                     --------   -------
        TOTAL INTANGIBLE ASSETS                                        11,201     6,352
OTHER ASSETS,  net                                                      1,990     1,538 
                                                                     --------   -------
                                                                     $139,877   $96,791 
                                                                     --------   -------
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
CURRENT LIABILITIES 
   Accounts payable                                                  $ 10,691   $ 4,150 
   Accrued liabilities                                                  7,059     4,156 
   Dividends payable                                                       --     1,152 
   Current maturities of long-term debt                                 2,169     1,094 
                                                                     --------   -------
       TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                       19,919    10,552 
LONG-TERM DEBT                                                         29,754    11,860 
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                                   5,516     4,857 
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                             1,412     1,232 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
   Preferred Stock; par value $.10; 8,000,000 shares authorized; 
      none issued                                                          --        -- 
   Common Stock; par value $.10; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 
      11,964,911 issued at December 31, 1995; 11,756,698 issued 
      at December 31, 1994                                              1,196     1,176 
   Additional paid in capital                                          27,282    23,511 
   Retained earnings                                                   56,672    45,421 
   Treasury stock, at cost;  207,972 shares at December 31, 1995; 
      244,910 shares at December 31, 1994                              (1,874)   (1,818) 
                                                                     --------   -------
                                                                       83,276    68,290 
                                                                     --------   -------
                                                                     $139,877   $96,791
                                                                     --------   -------
                                                                     --------   -------
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      21

<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
- -----------------------------------
IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                                                 ------------------------------------
                                                    1995         1994         1993 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES                                         $  141,167   $  101,116   $  $74,216 
    Cost of sales                                   110,228       78,478       57,452 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
GROSS PROFIT                                         30,939       22,638       16,764 

   Selling, general and administrative 
      expense                                        10,027        6,440        5,023 
   Nonrecurring litigation expense                       --        1,635           -- 
   Interest expense                                   1,073        1,014          897 
   Interest  and other (income)                        (524)        (154)        (299) 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES             20,363       13,703       11,143 
   Provision for income taxes                         7,893        5,232        3,121 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
NET EARNINGS                                     $   12,470   $    8,471   $    8,022 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE                    $     1.03   $      .73   $      .70 
                                                 ----------   ----------   ----------
Weighted average common and common equivalent
shares outstanding                               12,108,216   11,643,846   11,524,223

</TABLE>

















See notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      22

<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- -------------------------------------
IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1995       1994       1993
                                                     --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
Net earnings                                         $ 12,470   $  8,471   $  8,022 
Depreciation and amortization                           9,353      7,367      6,201 
Other noncash items                                       888      1,227        586 
Provision for deferred taxes                            1,167      1,859        654 
Changes in noncash components of working capital
(excluding investing and financing transactions): 
     Accounts receivable                                3,330     (5,829)    (7,369) 
     Inventories                                       (1,756)        95       (874) 
     Other current assets                                (546)      (121)       (31) 
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           1,383        553       (140) 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                     26,289     13,622      7,049 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Purchase of property and equipment                    (15,538)    (6,646)   (11,939) 
Purchase of other businesses                          (20,137)    (5,325)    (5,103) 
Other                                                  (1,304)    (1,005)        58 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES                 (36,979)   (12,976)   (16,984) 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings           --     (1,800)     1,800 
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt               20,000      5,000         -- 
Principal payments of long-term debt                   (1,477)    (2,751)    (2,500) 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                     --         --        332 
Dividends paid                                         (2,371)        --         -- 
Other                                                     362         94       (239) 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
NET CASH FROM (USED BY) FINANCING  ACTIVITIES          16,514        543       (607) 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS                                             5,824      1,189    (10,542) 
BEGINNING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                     2,854      1,665     12,207 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
ENDING CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                     $  8,678   $  2,854   $  1,665 
                                                     --------   --------   --------
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 
Cash payments for interest                           $  1,357   $  1,271   $  1,440 
Cash payments for taxes                              $  6,440   $  3,411   $  2,535
</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      23

<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ----------------------------------------------------------
IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK                                TREASURY STOCK
                                 --------------------                          ---------------------
                                                         PAID-IN   RETAINED
                                   SHARES      AMOUNT    CAPITAL   EARNINGS     SHARES       AMOUNT
                                 ----------    ------    -------   --------    --------     --------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
BALANCE AT 
DECEMBER 31, 1992                11,458,708    $1,146    $19,617    $30,080    (315,367)    $(1,933)
Net earnings                                                          8,022
Exercise of stock options            43,000         4        328         --       5,000          31 
Net treasury stock activity              --        --         --         --     (24,170)       (353) 
Tax benefit from the
exercise of nonqualified
stock options                            --        --        114         --          --          -- 

BALANCE AT 
DECEMBER 31, 1993                11,501,708     1,150     20,059     38,102    (334,537)     (2,255) 
Net earnings                             --        --         --      8,471          --          -- 
Cash dividend ($.10 per
share)                                   --        --         --     (1,152)         --          -- 
Litigation agreement                     --        --         67         --      25,000         185 
Exercise of stock options                --        --         20         --      19,735         (81) 
Purchase of Phoenix Smelting        254,990        26      3,207         --      44,892         333 
Tax benefit from the
exercise of nonqualified
stock options                            --        --        158         --          --          -- 

BALANCE AT 
DECEMBER 31, 1994                11,756,698     1,176     23,511     45,421    (244,910)     (1,818) 
Net earnings                             --        --         --     12,470          --          -- 
Cash dividend ($.105 per
share)                                   --        --         --     (1,219)         --          -- 
Exercise of stock options                --        --        234         --      36,938         (56) 
Purchase of Alumar
Associates, Inc.                    208,213        20      3,354         --          --          -- 
Tax benefit from the
exercise of nonqualified
stock options                            --        --        183         --          --          -- 
BALANCE AT 
DECEMBER 31, 1995                11,964,911    $1,196    $27,282    $56,672    (207,972)    $(1,874)
</TABLE>





See notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      24


<PAGE>
                     IMCO RECYCLING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES    
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
                              DECEMBER 31, 1995 
            (dollars in tables are in thousands, except per share)


NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
IMCO Recycling Inc. and all of its subsidiaries (the "Company").  All 
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon 
consolidation.  Investments in affiliated companies, owned 50% or less,  are 
recorded by the Company on the equity method.  The Company's principal 
business involves the owning and operating of aluminum recycling facilities.  
The Company recycles scrap material for a fee and returns the material to its 
customers, some of whom are the world's largest aluminum companies.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH EQUIVALENTS:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three 
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  The carrying amount 
approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

INVENTORIES:

Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Major renewals and improvements 
are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.  
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful lives of the related assets.

Landfill closure costs are currently estimated to be in excess of  $4,000,000 
and are being accrued over the estimated useful lives of the landfills.  
Landfill costs are depreciated as space in the landfill is used.  

Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of major 
facilities.  In 1995, 1994 and 1993, $438,000, $309,000, and $525,000 of 
interest costs were capitalized, respectively.  



                                     25 
<PAGE>

NET EARNINGS PER SHARE:

Earnings per common share are based upon the weighted average number of 
common and common equivalent shares outstanding in each period.  Common 
equivalent shares relate solely to outstanding warrants and stock options. 

Warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of stock were outstanding at December 31, 
1995.  The warrants were issued in 1986 at an exercise price of $.10 per 
share and have a 10-year life.  Shares have been reserved relating to these 
warrants.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES:

The excess of original acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets 
acquired is amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected life, 
currently from 7-40 years.  Management regularly reviews the remaining 
goodwill with consideration toward recovery through future operating results. 
Goodwill is evaluated by the Company on an undiscounted basis.  Deferred debt 
issuance costs, included in other assets, are being amortized over the term 
of the long-term debt based upon the average amount of debt outstanding.  
Patents are amortized over their remaining legal lives.

CREDIT RISK:

A majority of the Company's accounts receivable are due from companies in the 
aluminum industry. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customers' 
financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required.  Credit 
losses are within management's expectations and historically have been very 
low.

NOTE B -- ACQUISITIONS

In September 1995, the Company purchased all of the assets of an aluminum 
recycling facility located in Bedford, Indiana from a private aluminum 
company.  The value of the transaction, which was accounted for as a 
purchase, was approximately $8,500,000.  Goodwill of about $2,000,000 related 
to this acquisition is being amortized over 15 years.  Had the acquisition 
occurred on January 1, 1995, it would not have had a material impact on 
either the revenues or net earnings of the Company.

In October 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Alumar 
Associates, Inc. which owned Metal Mark, Inc.  Metal Mark owned and operated 
three aluminum recycling plants located in Chicago Heights, Illinois, 
Sikeston, Missouri, and Pittsburg, Kansas and owned 50% of a fourth facility 
in East Chicago, Indiana.  The value of the transaction, which was accounted 
for as a purchase, was about $8,500,000, with $4,000,000 paid in cash and the 
balance consisting of 208,213 shares of the Company's common stock.  In 
addition, the Company repaid long-term debt of Alumar of about $8,245,000.  
Goodwill related to the acquisition of about $2,000,000 is being amortized 
over 15 years.  

The following unaudited, summarized pro forma results of operations of the 
combined entities of IMCO and Metal Mark, for the years ended December 31, 
1994 and 1995, assuming the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the 
respective periods is as presented below:

                                    26 

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1995        1994   
                                         --------    -------- 
<S>                                      <C>         <C>      
Revenues                                 $204,734    $168,288 
Net Earnings                             $ 13,917    $  9,637 
Earnings per share                       $   1.14    $    .81 
</TABLE>

This pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of what would 
have occurred had the acquisition been made as of those dates or of results 
which may occur in the future.

In September 1994, the Company purchased the stock of Phoenix Smelting 
Corporation which operated an aluminum recycling facility in Loudon, 
Tennessee through its wholly owned subsidiary, Metal Resources, Inc. 
("Loudon").  The value of the transaction was approximately $10,000,000 
including the Company's repayment of about $5,100,000 of Loudon debt and the 
issuance of approximately 300,000 shares of common stock.  Loudon had, and 
the Company thereby acquired, a net operating loss carryforward ("NOL") of 
about $1,100,000.  The use of this NOL is subject to certain limitations and 
will expire in the year 2009.  The Company recorded a valuation allowance of 
approximately $600,000 reducing the value of this NOL at the acquisition 
date.  Goodwill related to this purchase was about $250,000, which is being 
amortized over 15 years.  Had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 1994, it 
would not have had a material impact on either revenues or net earnings of 
the company.

In December 1993, a subsidiary of the Company acquired all of the assets of 
an aluminum recycling plant in Corona, California from a private aluminum 
company.  The purchase cost was about $5,000,000. The Company recorded 
goodwill of approximately $1,000,000 related to the purchase, which is being 
amortized over 15 years.

NOTE C -- INVENTORIES

The components of inventories are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,   
                                          1995       1994  
                                         ------     ------ 
<S>                                      <C>        <C>    
Finished Goods                           $6,839     $1,391 
Raw Materials                             1,986      1,440 
Supplies                                    321        355 
                                         ------     ------ 
                                         $9,146     $3,186 
                                         ------     ------ 
</TABLE>

NOTE D -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The components of property and equipment are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           DECEMBER 31,    
                                         1995       1994   
                                       --------   -------- 
<S>                                      <C>        <C>    
Land, Buildings and Improvements       $ 58,280   $ 45,329 
Production Equipment and Machinery       49,236     37,278 
Office Furniture, Equipment and Other     4,242      3,363 
                                       --------   -------- 
                                        111,758     85,970 
Accumulated Depreciation                (32,989)   (24,924)
                                       --------   -------- 
                                       $ 78,769   $ 61,046 
                                       --------   -------- 
</TABLE>



                                  27 

<PAGE>

In March 1992, the Company entered into an agreement with Barmet Aluminum 
Corporation ("Barmet"), a subsidiary of CasTech Aluminum Group Inc., to 
construct, own and operate the Uhrichsville plant adjacent to Barmet's 
rolling mill in Uhrichsville, Ohio and to supply Barmet with all of its 
secondary aluminum needs.  The Uhrichsville plant, including costs for 
capitalized interest and for the 1994 expansion, cost approximately 
$20,750,000.  Barmet has an option to acquire up to a 49% equity interest in 
the Uhrichsville plant at a price equal to such equity percentage multiplied 
by depreciated book value of the plant plus a premium to compensate the 
Company for its recycling technology.

In 1996 the Company is planning to invest about $12,000,000 for a 50% 
interest in a German joint venture to be called VAW-IMCO.  This venture was 
formed to own and operate two recycling facilities previously owned by VAW, 
the largest aluminum company in Germany.  The plants will serve the European 
automotive market.  In addition, the Company is planning to construct and 
operate a new aluminum recycling  facility in Coldwater, Michigan during 
1996.  The total cost is currently projected at approximately $12,000,000.  
The Company will own 75% of this facility and it is intended to serve the 
U.S. automotive market.

NOTE E -- INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                             1995      1994       1993     
                           ------    ------     ------    
<S>                        <C>       <C>        <C>       
CURRENT: 
  Federal                  $5,241    $2,690     $2,017 
  State                     1,485       683        450 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
                            6,726     3,373      2,467 

DEFERRED: 
  Federal                  $1,678    $1,955     $  649 
  State                      (511)      (96)         5 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
                            1,167     1,859        654 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
                           $7,893    $5,232     $3,121 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
</TABLE>

The tax expense computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to 
earnings before taxes differed from the provision for taxes as follows: 


                                      28
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
                            1995      1994       1993  
                           ------    ------     ------ 
<S>                        <C>       <C>        <C>    
Tax at statutory rates     $7,127    $4,659     $3,789 
Goodwill amortization, 
 nondeductible                 91        59         61 
State income taxes, net       633       387        292 
Recognition of credit 
  carryforwards                --        --       (699)
Other, net                     42       127       (322)
                           ------    ------     ------ 
Provision                  $7,893    $5,232     $3,121 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
                           ------    ------     ------ 
</TABLE>

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  Significant 
components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as 
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,   
                                          1995       1994  
                                         ------     ------ 
<S>                                      <C>        <C>    
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES: 
  Accelerated depreciation               $7,902     $6,534 
  Federal effect of state income taxes      516        169 
  Other                                     199        167 
                                         ------     ------ 
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities            8,617      6,870 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS: 
  Net operating loss carryforwards          919      2,159 
  Tax credit carryforwards                1,709      1,334 
  Accruals                                1,758      1,066 
  Federal effect of state income taxes      473        290 
  Other                                     230        105 
                                         ------     ------ 
    Gross Deferred Tax Assets             5,089      4,954 
    Valuation Allowance                    (690)      (963)
                                         ------     ------ 
Net Deferred Tax Assets                   4,399      3,991 
                                         ------     ------ 
Net Deferred Tax Liability               $4,218     $2,879 
                                         ------     ------ 
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a $690,000 valuation allowance to 
reduce certain deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely to be 
realized.  The allowance includes $473,000 in related net operating loss 
assets generated by Loudon, prior to its acquisition by the Company.  The 
remaining $217,000 relates to the Company's ability to utilize certain state 
tax credits.   

At December 31, 1995, the Company had $1,709,000 of unused tax credit 
carryforwards, $168,000 of which expire in 1998, $69,000 of which expire in 
2010, and $1,472,000 of which do 


                                     29 

<PAGE>

not expire. State investment tax credits total $1,077,000.  However, due to 
annual limitations on credit utilization, the Company has included $217,000 
of this amount in the valuation allowance.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately $1,511,000 of unused net 
operating loss carryforwards for federal purposes which expire in the years 
2001 and 2009, and had approximately $5,574,000 for state purposes which 
expire in 2008 and 2009.  The issuance of Common Stock in a public offering 
on May 19, 1989 produced an "ownership change" under Section 382 of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and subjects the Company's use of 
the historic net operating loss carryforwards to certain limitations.  Under 
Section 382, the total amount of the Company's net operating loss 
carryforwards remain unchanged.  However, the net operating loss 
carryforwards utilized to offset income earned in tax years subsequent to 
1989 is limited to $3,877,000 per year. The 1994 acquisition of Loudon 
resulted in an "ownership change" for Loudon.  As a result of the change, 
Loudon's net operating loss carryfowards will be subject to an annual 
limitation of approximately $300,000 per year.

NOTE F -- LONG-TERM DEBT AND CREDIT LINE

Long-term debt is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            DECEMBER 31,    
                                          1995        1994  
                                         -------    ------- 
<S>                                      <C>        <C>     
11.18% MONY Senior Notes                 $ 8,000    $ 8,000 
Variable Rate Term Loan                    3,750      4,750 
Variable Rate Converting Revolving Loan    4,750         -- 
7.28% MONY Senior Notes                   15,000         -- 
Other                                        423        204 
                                         -------    ------- 
Subtotal                                  31,923     12,954 
Less current maturities                    2,169      1,094 
                                         -------    ------- 
Total                                    $29,754    $11,860 
                                         -------    ------- 
</TABLE>

The 11.18% MONY Senior Notes are collateralized by the Company's Sapulpa, 
Rockwood, and Morgantown property and equipment carried at a net amount of 
approximately $27,600,000.  The notes mature December 1, 1998.

The 7.28% MONY Senior Notes are unsecured.  The Company can prepay the notes 
at any time subject to a make-whole provision.  The notes mature October 31, 
2007 with mandatory annual prepayments of $3,000,000 scheduled for each 
October 31 beginning in 2003.

The Senior Notes Agreements contain restrictive covenants concerning plant 
maintenance, disposition and replacement of assets, insurance coverage, 
financial reporting, and internal and external financing, investing, and 
operating activities.  There are also provisions limiting the payment of cash 
dividends on and purchases of the Company's Common Stock; however, at 
December 31, 1995, retained earnings of $6,234,000 were not restricted under 
these provisions.

The Variable Rate Term Loan has an amortization schedule of five years and 
bears interest at a fluctuating rate based on the Company's ratio of total 
debt to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization.  The 
Company has the option to choose either the bank's prime rate, 


                                     30 

<PAGE>

the bank's cost of funds plus 1%, or the appropriate Eurodollar rate plus 1%. 
At December 31, 1995, the rate was 6.8125%

The Variable Rate Converting Revolving Loan has an amortization schedule of 
four years and bears interest at a fluctuating rate based on the Company's 
ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortization.  The Company has the option to choose either the bank's prime 
rate, the bank's cost of funds plus 1%, or the appropriate Eurodollar rate 
plus 1%.  At December 31, 1995, the rate was 6.875%.

The fair value of the Company's debt approximates its carrying value due to 
its recent issuance, floating rate or relatively short maturity.

NOTE G -- RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has a profit-sharing retirement plan covering most of its 
employees who meet defined service requirements.  Contributions are 
determined annually by the Board of Directors and may be as much as 15% of 
covered salaries.  Contributions for 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $1,331,000, 
$1,039,000, and $738,000, respectively.

Pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement for the Bedford, 
Indiana facility, the Company assumed the obligation to continue to provide a 
pension plan for eligible hourly employees at this location.  Pension 
payments are determined by a premium factor times the number of years of 
service for each employee.  Pension payments for 1995 were $ 24,000.

NOTE H -- STOCK OPTION PLANS

In 1992 the Company adopted the 1992 Stock Option Plan, which provides for 
the granting of nonqualified and incentive stock options to employees, 
officers, consultants and nonemployee members of the Board of Directors.  
Options granted to employees under this plan have various vesting periods.  
Annually, nonemployee directors will be granted nonqualified stock options 
exercisable after six months from the date of grant, equal to that number of 
shares determined by dividing the annual director fee amount by the fair 
market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant.  All options 
granted under this plan, once vested, are exercisable for a period of up to 
10 years from the date of grant, although options may expire earlier because 
of termination of employment or service.

The 1992 Stock Option Plan allows for the payment of all or a portion of the 
exercise price and tax withholding obligations in shares of the Company's 
common stock delivered and/or withheld.  Such payment or withholding will be 
valued at fair market value as of the date of exercise.  Participants making 
use of this feature will automatically be granted a reload stock option to 
purchase a number of shares equal to the number of shares delivered and/or 
withheld.  When a reload stock option is granted, a portion of the shares 
issued to the participant will be designated as restricted stock for a period 
of five years, although the restriction may be removed earlier under certain 
circumstances. Reload stock options have an exercise price equal to the fair 
market value as of the date of exercise of the original options and will 
expire on the same date as the original options.

In 1995, 1994, and 1993 the Company acquired from employees and placed in the 
treasury, 40,652, 27,665 and 24,170 shares, respectively, pursuant to 
provisions of the Company's stock option plan. Such shares were tendered or 
withheld in satisfaction of those employees' federal and 


                                   31 

<PAGE>

state withholding taxes on compensation resulting from the exercise of 
nonqualified stock options and for the aggregate exercise cost of certain of 
the options.

In 1990 the Company adopted an amended and restated stock option plan.  This 
plan provides for the granting of nonqualified and incentive stock options.  
The number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the plan 
is 1,200,000 shares.  Options granted under the plan have various vesting 
periods and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant, 
although options may expire earlier because of termination of employment.

Transactions under the option plans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1995            1994              1993     
                                ------------    ------------      -----------  
<S>                                <C>           <C>              <C>          
Options outstanding January 1,     1,172,402         833,555          725,425 
Options granted                      200,473         389,847          157,130 
Options exercised                    (77,590)        (47,400)         (48,000)
Options canceled                      (3,921)         (3,600)          (1,000)
Options outstanding at 
 December 31,                      1,291,364       1,172,402          833,555 
Option price range at       
 December 31,                    $.10-$22.75     $.10-$13.75      $.10-$13.75 
Option price exercise range     $4.89-$13.75    $4.57-$13.63      $4.89-$7.55 
Options exercisable at      
 December 31,                        714,991         580,355          383,525 
Options available for grant at
 December 31,                        391,646          38,198          424,445 
</TABLE>

NOTE I -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

An agreement exists with one of the members of the Board of Directors for 
consulting on Company operations on a month-to-month basis.  This agreement, 
which may be terminated on thirty days' notice,  was previously paid at a 
rate of $10,000 per month and for 1996 will be paid at the rate of $15,000 
per month. Payment of $120,000 was made under this consulting agreement 
during each of the three years ended December 31, 1995.

NOTE J -- SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

During 1995, sales to Aluminum Company of America ("Alcoa") totaled 
$32,400,000 or 23% of revenues. No other customer accounted for more than 10% 
of revenues in 1995.

During 1994, sales to Alcoa totaled $30,382,000 or 30% of revenues.  Sales to 
Barmet Aluminum totaled $12,476,000 or 12% of revenues.  No other customer 
accounted for more than 10% of revenues in 1994.

During 1993, sales to Alcoa totaled $28,585,000 or 39% of revenues.  Sales to 
Barmet Aluminum totaled $10,569,000 or 14% of revenues.  No other customer 
accounted for more than 10% of revenues in 1993.




                                   32 
<PAGE>

NOTE K -- QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

     Quarterly financial results for 1995 and 1994 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         1ST        2ND       3RD         4TH      TOTAL   
1995                   QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER     YEAR   
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      
Revenues               $30,746    $29,725    $32,105    $48,591   $141,167 
Gross Profit           $ 7,435    $ 7,315    $ 7,783    $ 8,406   $ 30,939 
Income before tax      $ 4,824    $ 4,933    $ 5,543    $ 5,063   $ 20,363 
Net earnings           $ 2,894    $ 2,959    $ 3,327    $ 3,290   $ 12,470 
Earnings per share     $   .24    $   .25    $   .27    $   .27   $   1.03 

                         1ST        2ND       3RD         4TH      TOTAL   
1994                   QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER     YEAR   
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Revenues               $21,682    $23,070    $26,206    $30,158   $101,116 
Gross Profit           $ 4,819    $ 4,685    $ 6,065    $ 7,069   $ 22,638 
Income before tax      $ 3,187    $ 1,591    $ 4,070    $ 4,855   $ 13,703 
Net earnings           $ 2,032    $ 1,038    $ 2,589    $ 2,812   $  8,471 
Earnings per share     $   .18    $   .09    $   .22    $   .24   $    .73 
</TABLE>















                                     33 


<PAGE>

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

                                     None

PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this item with respect to directors of the 
Company appears under the caption "Election of Directors" in the definitive 
Proxy Statement (herein so called) of the Company relating to the Company's 
1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to Regulation 14A of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which information is incorporated herein by 
reference.  It is currently anticipated that the Proxy Statement will be 
publicly available and mailed to stockholders in April 1996.  Certain 
information as to executive officers is included herein under Part I, 
ITEM 1. "BUSINESS - EXECUTIVE OFFICERS."

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item appears under the caption "Remuneration 
of Directors and Officers" in the Proxy Statement, which information is 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this item appears under the caption "Voting and 
Principal Stockholders" in the Proxy Statement, which information is 
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item appears under the captions 
"Compensation Committee Report to Stockholders - Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Remuneration of Directors and 
Officers --  Directors Compensation" in the Proxy Statement, which 
information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

  (a)     The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on 
          Form 10-K:

      1.  Consolidated Financial Statements:  See index to Consolidated 
          Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules on Page 19 
          hereof.

      2.  Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:  See index to 
          Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
          on Page 19 hereof.

      3.  EXHIBITS: 





                                      34 

<PAGE>

          3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of IMCO Recycling Inc., as amended,
                filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Registration Statement on
                Form S-2 (No. 33-48571) and incorporated herein by reference.

          3.2   By-laws of IMCO Recycling Inc., as amended, filed as Exhibit 4.7
                to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No. 
                33-48571) and incorporated herein by reference.

          4.1   Specimen Stock Certificate of the Common Stock, $0.10 par value,
                of IMCO Recycling Inc., filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 
                Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No. 33-48571) and 
                incorporated herein by reference.

         10.1   Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1988, by and 
                among IMCO Recycling Inc., The Mutual Life Insurance Company of
                New York, and MONY Life Insurance Company of America, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (the "1993 Form 10-K"), and 
                incorporated herein by reference.

         10.2   Amendment, dated as of May 3, 1990, to Note Purchase Agreements 
                by and among IMCO Recycling Inc., The Mutual Life Insurance 
                Company of New York, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, and
                MONY Legacy Life Insurance Company, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
                Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
                December 31, 1994 (the "1994 Form 10-K"), and incorporated 
                herein by reference.

         10.3   Second Amendment, dated as of October 1, 1990, to Note Purchase
                Agreements by and among IMCO Recycling Inc., The Mutual Life 
                Insurance Company of New York, MONY Life Insurance Company of 
                America, and MONY Legacy Life Insurance Company, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated 
                herein by reference.

         10.4   Third Amendment, dated as of May 10, 1991, to Note Purchase 
                Agreements, by and among IMCO Recycling Inc., The Mutual Life
                Insurance Company of New York, and MONY Life Insurance Company
                of America, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's 1994 Form 
                10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.5   Fourth Amendment, dated as of November 27, 1991, to Note 
                Purchase Agreements by and among IMCO Recycling Inc., The Mutual
                Life Insurance Company of New York, and MONY Life Insurance 
                Company of America, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's 1994
                Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.6   Amended and Restated Registration Agreement, dated September 30,
                1988, among IMCO Recycling Inc., Merrill Lynch Interfunding 
                Inc., Don V. Ingram, Larry Thrasher, and PTX Partners, filed as
                Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's 1993 Form 10-K and incorporated 
                herein by reference.


                                     35 

<PAGE>

         10.7   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Registration Agreement,
                dated as of December 30, 1988, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the 
                Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.8   Amendment, dated as of September 5, 1990, to Registration 
                Agreement between Merrill Lynch Interfunding Inc. and Don V. 
                Ingram, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K 
                and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.9   IMCO Recycling Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, 
                filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on 
                Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 (the 
                "1992 Form 10-K") and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.10  Employment Agreement, effective as of April 1, 1991, by and 
                between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Richard L. Kerr, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
                the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991 (the "1991 Form 
                10-K") and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.11  Addendum to Employment Agreement-Stock Option, dated as of 
                April 1, 1987, by and among International Metal Co., Frontier 
                Texas Corporation, and Richard L. Kerr, filed as Exhibit 
                10.11 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated herein 
                by reference.

         10.12  Employment Agreement, effective as of April 1, 1991, by and 
                between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Thomas W. Rogers, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's 1991 Form 10-K and incorporated
                herein by reference.

         10.13  Employment Agreement, effective as of March 1, 1990 by and 
                between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Paul V. Dufour, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's 1993 Form 10-K and incorporated
                herein by reference.

         10.13A Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated February 19, 1993, 
                by and between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Paul V. Dufour, filed as
                Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's 1992 Form 10-K and incorporated
                herein by reference.

         10.14  Employment Agreement, effective as of April 1, 1991, by and 
                between IMCO Recycling Inc., and C. Lee Newton, filed as 
                Exhibit 10.17 to the Company,s 1993 Form 10-K and incorporated 
                herein by reference.

         10.15  Employment Agreement, effective as of January 13, 1995, by 
                and between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Frank H. Romanelli, filed 
                as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and 
                incorporated herein by reference.



         10.16  Assignment, dated September 16, 1986, from Clarence W. Haack 
                and Genevieve Haack to International Metal Co., filed as 
                Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated
                herein by reference.

        *10.17  Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1995, between IMCO 
                Recycling Inc., Rockwood, Tennessee Facility, and 
                International Union, United Steelworkers of America.


                                     36

<PAGE>

         10.18  Form of Stock Purchase Warrant between IMCO Recycling Inc. 
                and Don V. Ingram for the purchase of 50,000 shares of Common 
                Stock, filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K 
                and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.19  Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated as of November 
                5, 1990, between Thomas W. Rogers and IMCO Recycling Inc., 
                filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and 
                incorporated herein by reference (The Company is a party to 
                two virtually identical Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements
                with Paul V. Dufour, C. Lee Newton, Richard L. Kerr and Frank 
                Romanelli. These agreements have been omitted since they are 
                substantially identical to Mr. Rogers' in all material 
                respects). 

         10.20  Stock Purchase Agreement among the former shareholders of 
                Interamerica Zinc, Inc. and IZI Acquisition Co., effective as 
                of January 1, 1992, filed as Exhibit (1) to the Company's 
                Current Report on Form 8-K, dated January 13, 1992, and 
                incorporated herein by reference.

         10.21  Escrow Agreement, dated January 13, 1992, among IZI 
                Acquisition Company, Society Bank Michigan, and the former
                shareholders of Interamerica Zinc, Inc., filed as Exhibit (2) 
                to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 
                1992, and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.22  Supply Agreement between Barmet Aluminum Corporation and the 
                Company, dated March 2, 1992, filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the 
                Company's 1991 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.23  Right of First Refusal Agreement between Barmet Aluminum 
                Corporation and the Company, dated March 2, 1992, relating to 
                Barmet's Indiana recycling plant, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to 
                the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated by reference.

        *10.24  Agreement, effective as of December 1, 1995, between IMCO 
                Recycling of Ohio Inc. and the United Mine Workers of America.

         10.25  Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1985, between Don V.
                Ingram and Frontier Texas Corporation, filed as Exhibit 10.25 
                to the Company's 1994 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by 
                reference.

         10.26  IMCO Recycling Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan, as amended December
                15, 1994, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly 
                Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 
                1995, and incorporated herein by reference. 

         10.27  IMCO Recycling Inc. 1992 Bonus Participation Plan filed as 
                Exhibit 10.32 to the 1992 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by 
                reference.

         10.28  Agreement, dated as of March 29, 1994, between IMCO Recycling 
                of California, Inc. and the International Brotherhood of 
                Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and 
                Helpers, filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Company's 1993 



                                     37

<PAGE>

                Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.29  Agreement, effective as of January 1, 1994, between IMCO 
                Recycling Inc. and Aluminum Company of America, filed as Exhibit
                10.34 to the Company's 1993 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by
                reference.

         10.30  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 20, 1994, among 
                IMCO Recycling Inc., IMCO Recycling of Tennessee, Inc., Phoenix
                Smelting Corporation, and the shareholders of Phoenix Smelting
                Corporation, filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company's Current Report
                on Form 8-K, dated September 20, 1994, and incorporated herein 
                by reference.

         10.31  Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 20, 1994, among 
                IMCO Recycling Inc. and the shareholders of Phoenix Smelting 
                Corporation, filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company's Current Report
                on Form 8-K dated September 20, 1994, and incorporated herein by
                reference.

         10.32  Loan Agreement, dated September 20, 1994, between IMCO Recycling
                Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank, National Association, filed as 
                Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated 
                September 20, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.33  Negative Pledge Agreement, dated September 20, 1994, between 
                IMCO Recycling Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank, National 
                Association, filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company's Current Report
                on Form 8-K, dated September 20, 1994, and incorporated herein 
                by reference.

        *10.34  First Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 31, 1995, by
                and between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Texas Commerce Bank National
                Association.

         10.35  First Amendment to processing agreement by and among the Rigid 
                Packaging division of Aluminum Company of America, the Company 
                and Metal Resources Inc., filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's
                Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
                June 30, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.36  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 1, 1995, among
                IMCO Recycling Inc., IMCO Recycling of Illinois Inc., Alumar 
                Associates, Inc. and the Shareholders, filed as Exhibit 1 to 
                the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 3, 
                and incorporated herein by reference.

         10.37  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1995, 
                among IMCO Recycling Inc. and the Shareholders, filed as 
                Exhibit 2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated 
                October 3, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.

        *10.38  Second Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of November 3, 
                1995, by and between IMCO Recycling Inc. and Texas Commerce 
                National Association.

        *10.39  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 1995, by 
                and between IMCO Recycling Inc. and The Mutual Life Insurance 
                Company of New York.


                                     38


<PAGE>

        *10.40  Fifth Amendment, dated as of November 29, 1995, to Note 
                Purchase Agreements by and among IMCO Recycling Inc., The 
                Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York, and MONY Life 
                Insurance Company of America.

        *21     Subsidiaries of IMCO Recycling Inc., as of March 15, 1996.

        *23     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

        *27     Financial Data Schedule.


*Filed herewith

  (b)       Reports on Form 8-K filed in fourth quarter 1995:

      1.    The Company filed a current report on Form 8-K dated October 3, 
            1995, under "Item 2 - Acquisition or Disposition of Assets," 
            reporting the Company's acquisition of Alumar Associates, Inc.
            and under "Item 5 - Other Events," reporting the acquisition of
            the Bedford, Indiana assets.

  (c)       See sub-item (a) above.

  (d)       See sub-item (a) above.






                                      39 


<PAGE>

                                SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this report to be signed on 
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated:      March  25, 1996            IMCO Recycling Inc.       
                                       By: /s/ Robert R. Holian
                                           ---------------------------
                                           Robert R. Holian
                                           Vice President and 
                                           Controller, Principal 
                                           Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  This 
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

      SIGNATURE                    TITLE                         DATE 
      ---------                    -----                         ----

/s/ Don V. Ingram         Director, Chairman of the Board    March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Don V. Ingram
 
/s/ Jack M. Brundrett     Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Jack M. Brundrett
 

/s/ Ralph L. Cheek        Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Ralph L. Cheek 

/s/ John J. Fleming       Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
John J. Fleming 
 
/s/ Richard Hanselman     Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Richard Hanselman
 
/s/ Thomas James          Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Thomas James 
 
/s/ Don Navarro           Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Don Navarro 
 
/s/ Jack C. Page          Director                           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------
Jack C. Page
 
/s/ Frank H. Romanelli    Director, President  & Chief       March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------   Executive Officer 
Frank H. Romanelli

/s/ Paul V. Dufour        Executive Vice President           March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------   Finance and Administration
Paul V. Dufour            (Principal Financial Officer) 
 
                                   40


<PAGE>


/s/ Robert R. Holian      Vice President and Controller      March 25, 1996 
- -----------------------   (Principal Accounting Officer) 
Robert R. Holian



                                  41






<PAGE>








                           AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN



                            IMCO RECYCLING INC.
                            ROCKWOOD, TENNESSEE



                                    AND



                             INTERNATIONAL UNION
                        UNITED STEELWORKERS OF AMERICA
                                LOCAL NO. 9147



                               AUGUST 26, 1995



<PAGE>

                              Table of Contents
                                                   Page
Purpose and Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Article I       - Recognition. . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Article  II     - Management Rights. . . . . . . . . 1

Article  III    - Check-Off Authorization. . . . . . 2

Article  IV     - Creation of New Jobs . . . . . . . 2

Article  V      - Overtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Article  VI     - Holiday Pay. . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Article  VII    - Seniority. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Article  VIII   - Temporary Transfers and
                  Job Assignments. . . . . . . . . . 5

Article  IX     - Permanent Vacancies. . . . . . . . 6

Article  X      - Temporary Reduction in Force . . . 7

Article  XI     - Reduction in Force . . . . . . . . 7

Article  XII    - Restoration of Forces. . . . . . . 7

Article  XIII   - Production Work by
                  Non-Bargaining Unit Personnel. . . 8

Article  XIV    - Leave of Absence . . . . . . . . . 8

Article  XV     - Plant Closing or Relocations . . . 8

Article  XVI    - Grievance Procedure. . . . . . . . 9

Article  XVII   - No Strike/No Lockout . . . . . . .10

Article  XVIII  - Discharge and Discipline . . . . .11

Article  XIX    - Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Article  XX     - Contractual Benefits . . . . . . .11

Article XXI     - Credit Union . . . . . . . . . . .11

Article XXII    - Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Schedule A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Schedule B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15


<PAGE>

     This Agreement by and between IMCO Recycling, Inc., Rockwood, Tennessee, 
facility, (hereinafter called "Company") and International Union, United 
Steelworkers of America (hereinafter called "Union") is entered into this 
25th day of August, 1995.

                              PURPOSE AND INTENT

     It is the purpose and intent of the parties to set forth certain 
Agreements pertaining to wages, hours, and working conditions to be observed 
by the parties during the life of this Agreement and to provide procedures 
for the prompt and equitable adjustment of grievances.  The Union, Company, 
and employees agree they will work together in harmony toward turning out a 
quality product and will abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this 
Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE I
                                 RECOGNITION

     The Company recognizes the Union as the exclusive bargaining agent for 
employees of the Company at its Rockwood, Tennessee, facility in the 
below-described unit certified by the National Labor Relations Board on 
January 16, 1986:

     INCLUDED:  All production and maintenance employees employed by the 
Employer at its Rockwood, Tennessee, facility, including lead persons.

     EXCLUDED:  Laboratory technicians, all office clerical employees, 
professional employees, guards and supervisors as defined by the Act.

     All other employees not specifically listed above as included or 
excluded shall be excluded.

                                  ARTICLE II
                              MANAGEMENT RIGHTS

     The Company has, retains, and shall continue to possess and exercise 
each and every management right, right to function, privilege, authority; 
only except, as specifically limited, relinquished, modified, or restricted 
by this Agreement.  Illustrative, but not all inclusive of the rights of 
management retained, are the right to manage the Company; to direct the work 
force; to make and enforce rules of conduct; to subcontract; to change hours 
and days of work; to assign work to other of the Company's employees and 
facilities; to make and change work duties and assignments; to determine the 
quality and quantity of


<PAGE>

productivity required; to change or adjust the hours and numbers of shifts 
and assignments thereto; to hire employees; to classify, promote, discipline, 
demote, and discharge employees for just cause; to lay off and recall 
employees; to select and make technological state of the art changes in 
processes, tools, equipment, and facilities; to determine the number of 
employees to be employed; to determine the number of employees to be employed 
in each department, shift, classification; to determine the number of 
employees to be employed in any particular work function or assignment; to 
decide the methods, equipment, processes, and means of production; to 
determine the utilization of labor-saving devices which may result in a 
reduction of the work force; to establish new departments, job 
classifications, and initial rates of pay; to transfer and assign employees 
to duties without regard to titles, job classifications, departments, etc.; 
(subject to the terms of this contract) and to exercise the right not 
specifically set forth in this Agreement upon which the parties negotiated or 
had the opportunity to negotiate whether or not such rights have been 
exercised by the Company in the past.

                                 ARTICLE III
                          CHECK-OFF AUTHORIZATION

     The Company will check-off monthly dues, assessments and initiation fees 
each as designated by the Union, as membership dues in the Union, on the 
basis of individually signed voluntary checkoff authorization cards.  The 
cards and forms will be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Union.

                                  ARTICLE IV
                             CREATION OF NEW JOBS

     At such time as the Company establishes a new classification, it will 
notify the Union of the duties and the proposed wage for that classification 
and will be subject to the grievance procedure only to the extent the duties 
are unreasonable.

                                  ARTICLE V
                                  OVERTIME

     SECTION 1. The Company will make a good faith effort to fairly and 
equitably distribute overtime in a consistent manner as practical among 
qualified employees.  The Company will make every effort to minimize the 
amount of overtime worked, but when the need arises, those employees who are 
designated by the Company for overtime must perform the work.  The least 
senior employees must perform the work.

                                      2


<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.  Overtime will be paid at time and one-half the regular rate 
and will apply only after forty (40) hours have been worked during the 
workweek.  Hours not actually worked will not count toward overtime (e.g., 
holiday, vacation, sick leave, etc.).

     SECTION 3.  The Company will pay, on a trial basis, overtime pay to those 
individuals who work on major equipment outages (i.e. , rebricking a rotary 
furnace) for all hours over eight (8) hours worked (twelve (12) hours for 
those on a twelve (12) hour schedule) when they work more than sixteen (16) 
hours. This type of special overtime pay will be scheduled and not be the 
normal type incidental-scheduled overtime which occurs during the normal 
workweek.

     SECTION 4.  At the option of the supervisor and the employee, the 
employee who has been called in to work may leave and receive a minimum of 
two (2) hours pay.  However, if the employee chooses to accept the four (4) 
hour pay provision (at the employee's option), he will perform any and all 
work available for the remaining portion of the four (4) hour call-in period.

     SECTION 5.  The practice of distributing overtime will be done in a 
consistent manner on a plantwide basis.  The Union will review the overtime 
records at least on a weekly basis.

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                  HOLIDAY PAY

     Holidays recognized in the Agreement are:

          New Year's Day         Labor Day
          Easter                 Thanksgiving Day
          Memorial Day           Day after Thanksgiving
          Flag Day               Christmas Eve
          Fourth of July         Christmas Day



     Employees shall receive Holiday Pay for these holidays, provided they 
work their scheduled workdays immediately prior and immediately after the 
Holiday, unless absent for a good cause as determined by the Company.

          1.   Employees not working the Holiday shall receive eight (8) hours
               straight-time pay.

          2.   If the Plant is scheduled closed for a Holiday, those employees
               scheduled to work the Holiday will receive Holiday pay equal to 
               their scheduled hours.



                                      3


<PAGE>

          3.   Employees scheduled to work shall receive double their 
               straight-time hourly rate for each hour actually worked.

          4.   Employees scheduled to work less than a regular eight (8) hour 
               shift shall be paid for time worked in addition to eight (8) 
               hours Holiday pay.

          5.   Employees scheduled to work the Holiday who are absent without 
               good cause will not be entitled to Holiday pay.

          6.   Probationary employees are not eligible for Holiday pay.



                                 ARTICLE VII
                                  SENIORITY

     SECTION 1.  The seniority as recognized in this Agreement shall run from 
an employee's date of last hire.  It is understood that the term "seniority" 
as used in this Agreement only refers to such length of service.

     SECTION 2.  A probationary employee is any employee whose continuous 
length of service is less than sixty (60) calendar days.  When a probationary 
employee has accumulated sixty (60) calendar days of continuous service, 
he(1) will become a regular employee and have his seniority established as 
set forth in the paragraph above.  During an employee's probationary period, 
the Company shall not be restricted in its right to discharge or discipline 
such employee for any cause, except as limited by state and federal law.  The 
discipline or discharge of a probationary employee shall not be subject to 
the grievance procedure of this Agreement.  Further, no contractual terms or 
entitlements of this Agreement shall be available to any probationary 
employee.  The probationary period of any employee may be extended an 
additional thirty (30) calendar days at the discretion of the Company.

     When an employee's probationary period is to be extended, the Local 
Union President will be notified at the time of the extension.

     SECTION 3.  An employee who is transferred outside the bargaining unit 
into a permanent supervisory position shall have the right to return to the 
bargaining unit within sixty (60)

_________________________
     (1)  The masculine pronouns refer to both genders and are simply used for
          ease of reading.



                                      4

<PAGE>

calendar days of such transfer. There shall be no break in seniority.

     SECTION 4.  An employee shall lose seniority rights when any of the 
following occur:

     a.   The employee quits;

     b.   The employee is properly or justly discharged and not reinstated;

     c.   The employee is absent from work for three (3) consecutive workdays 
          without notifying the Company of a legitimate reason for such absence
          on a daily basis, unless such notification is not possible;

     d.   The employee has not been recalled from layoff for a period of two (2)
          years;

     e.   The employee fails to return from a leave of absence within three 
          (3) workdays following the expiration thereof;

     f.   The employee fails to respond to a notice of recall to work on the 
          day set forth in the notice. (The Company shall send a written notice
          of recall to the employees' last known address.  It shall be the
          employees' responsibility to keep the Company advised of its current
          address and telephone number.);

     g.   The employee retires.

     SECTION 5.  The Company will furnish the senior Union Officer/employee 
a list of bargaining unit employees ranked in seniority order.  Such list shall
be furnished every six (6) months.

     SECTION 6.  The Company and Union shall discuss modifications of this 
collective bargaining agreement to permit the Company to comply with the 
Americans with Disabilities Act.

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                             TEMPORARY TRANSFERS
                             AND JOB ASSIGNMENTS

     The Company reserves the right to transfer an employee to a temporary 
job and/or classification for a period of ninety (90) days.  The Union 
recognizes the Company's need to have employees work at any job for the 
successful operation of the Company so long as the employee maintains his 
rate of pay.  When the Company



                                      5


<PAGE>

temporarily transfers an employee, consideration will be given to seniority, 
qualifications and the operating requirements of the plant.  When the 
temporary transfer is over, an employee shall be returned to the job and 
shift from which he was transferred.

     In the event of a Leadman Operator temporary vacancy that is filled by 
an Equipment Operator from that crew, the senior qualified employee will be 
temporarily upgraded to the position and pay rate. Similarly, the senior 
qualified Maintenance employee will be upgraded to the Maintenance Leadman, 
if a temporary vacancy occurs and (at the discretion of the Company) the 
position is filled.

     Employees who are transferred to another job classification will be paid 
fifty percent (50%) of the difference between the higher job classification 
rate of pay and their present rate of pay.

                                  ARTICLE IX
                             PERMANENT VACANCIES

     Permanent Vacancies are those which have been created by an employee 
leaving the Company or by the creation of a new job or increased workload.

     SECTION 1.  When it becomes necessary to fill a permanent vacancy as 
defined above, notification shall be placed on the bulletin board for a 
period of five (5) calendar days.  Employees who seek to bid on the job shall 
sign the posting.  If a posting goes up during an employee's vacation, the 
local Union President may bid for that person if so requested.  The posting 
shall include the job classification, shift and, if a new job, the rate and a 
brief description of the duties.  The Company shall advise the Union 
President of the successful bidders as soon as the posting comes down.

     Employees shall be permitted to select shift preference to an open job 
if the employee has a shift preference form on file.  Such forms must be 
renewed on January lst on an annual basis.  After two (2) shift preference 
moves have occurred or made available, the open position shall be bid.  
During the term of this Agreement, employees will be permitted one (1) 
lateral bid per year and one (1) downward bid per contract.

     SECTION 2.  Promotions and filling of permanent vacancies shall be made 
on the basis of an employee's overall qualifications.  If overall 
qualifications are relatively equal, then seniority will prevail.

     SECTION 3.  If an employee fails to demonstrate within thirty (30) working
days that he can perform the job, then he shall



                                      6

<PAGE>

be returned to his former job.  An employee who wishes to disqualify himself 
from the position during the first sixty (60) workdays may, with the 
agreement of the Company, do so at which time he may go to an open position 
or return to his former position at the option of the Company.

     SECTION 4.  If there are no qualified or successful bidders, the Company 
reserves the right to hire from a list of job applicants.

                                 ARTICLE X
                       TEMPORARY REDUCTION IN FORCE

     The Company may select persons for temporary reductions in force without 
regard to job classification, seniority, or any other contractual provisions 
for periods of up to ten (10) calendar days.

                                  ARTICLE XI
                              REDUCTION IN FORCE

     SECTION 1.  When a reduction in force is necessary, the Company will 
notify the employees and the Union at least five (5) calendar days in 
advance, unless an unforeseen circumstance arises, in which case Article X 
will be applied.  Selection for reduction in force shall be made on the basis 
of seniority, with one exception, that being when the skills and/or 
qualifications of the junior employees are necessary for the efficient and 
productive operation of the plant.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                             RESTORATION OF FORCES

     SECTION 1.  Recall to employment from layoff shall be according to the 
jobs needed to be performed and seniority.  Employees will be returned to 
their former positions (or other positions for which they are qualified) and 
pay rates on the basis of seniority. Employees whose skills and/or 
qualifications are necessary for the efficient and productive operation of 
the plant may be recalled without consideration of their seniority.


                                      7


<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XIII
                              PRODUCTION WORK BY
                       NON-BARGAINING UNIT PERSONNEL

     Non-bargaining unit personnel have the right to perform bargaining unit 
work, at the discretion of the Company, which does not result in the layoff 
of an employee (as distinguished from a continued layoff).

     It is the intent of the Company that supervisors will not routinely 
perform work that is normally performed by bargaining unit employees.  
However, there are situations whereby supervisors are required to and/or do 
accomplish bargaining unit work.  Such situations are for work that is of 
short duration, work required by emergency conditions, work that requires 
special skills, work that is related to special projects, demonstration work, 
development work, and work that is applicable to both the supervisory duties 
and bargaining unit.

                                 ARTICLE XIV
                               LEAVE OF ABSENCE

     An employee may be granted a Leave of Absence for up to three (3) months.
Extensions of the leave may be granted for good cause.  Leaves will be granted
for employees to perform work for the union in an official capacity.

     Leaves of absence greater than five (5) days (and extensions of the leave)
must be in writing.

     At the discretion of the Company all leaves of absence will be granted 
depending upon the operating requirements of the plant.

     The Company will comply with the terms of the Tennessee statute covering 
maternity leave.

     The company will comply with the Family and Medical Leave Act to the 
extent it exceeds the provisions of this contract.

                                  ARTICLE XV
                        PLANT CLOSING OR RELOCATIONS

     If the Company decides to sell, close, or relocate its Rockwood, 
Tennessee, facility, it shall comply with its statutory obligations.

                                      8

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XVI
                            GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

     A grievance is defined as any charge or claim by the Union or an 
employee(s) that the Company has breached the precise and specific terms of 
this Agreement.  Such grievance signed by the employee and a committeeman 
shall clearly state the particular article and language claimed to have been 
violated.  Any grievance not filed within three (3) days of the occurrence of 
the alleged violation shall be deemed null and void.  Failure of the employee 
or union to timely process the grievance shall result in the grievance being 
deemed null and void.  Failure of the Company to timely respond to the 
grievance at any step shall result in the grievance being moved to the next 
step.  However, the Company and the Union may mutually agree to extend the 
response periods for steps two through five of this procedure.  The procedure 
shall be as follows:

     STEP ONE.   The employee shall present the grievance orally to, and 
discuss the grievance with, his immediate supervisor with or without a Union 
committeeman present.  The first level supervisor shall orally advise the 
employee of his decision on the grievance within five (5) days thereafter.

     STEP TWO.   The employee and the committeeman may appeal the Step One 
decision within seventy-two (72) hours after receiving the answer.  Such 
appeal shall be in writing identifying the precise Agreement article and 
language claimed to have been violated, signed by the employee and the 
committeeman.  It shall be presented to the Superintendent, who shall discuss 
the grievance with the employee, with a Union committeeman present.  Such 
discussion will take place within three (3) days of the filing of the written 
grievance.  The Superintendent will give this decision within five (5) days 
thereafter.

     NOTE:   IN THOSE CASES WHERE THERE IS NOT A SECOND LEVEL OF MANAGEMENT 
(I.E., MAINTENANCE DEPT.) THE STEP TWO PROCEDURE WILL BE BYPASSED AND MOVED TO 
STEP THREE IN THE PROCEDURE.

     STEP THREE.  The Union may appeal the decision of the Superintendent 
within five (5) days of the date of the answer.  A meeting shall take place 
with the Superintendent and the Plant Manager within five (5) days thereafter.
The Company will answer the grievance within five (5) days after such meeting.

     STEP FOUR.  The Union may appeal the decision of the Plant Manager 
within five (5) days of the date of the answer.  A meeting shall take place 
with the Plant Managers from two (2) of the Company facilities within seven 
(7) days thereafter.  The Company will answer the grievance within seven (7) 
days after such meeting.



                                      9

<PAGE>

     STEP FIVE.  The Union may appeal the Company's decision to the Executive 
Vice President of the Company within ten (10) days after the date of the 
Company's final answer.  The response of Step Five will be rendered in writing
within ten (10) days after the receipt of the appeal.

     In the event the grievance concerns a discipline case whereby more than 
five (5) days off have been administered to an employee, then the Company and 
the Union will agree to settlement by arbitration.  The parties shall request 
FMCS to provide a panel of seven (7) arbitrators.  The parties will strike 
alternately until one (1) arbitrator is left, with the Union striking first.

     In the event the issue is other than one involving more than a five (5) 
day disciplinary case and the Company denies the grievance at the last step, 
the parties may contact the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service, 
Knoxville, Tennessee office and request a Federal Mediator who will meet with 
the parties to make one final effort to resolve the grievance.  The request 
for federal mediation involvement must be made within ten (10) calendar days 
of the Step 5 written answer.  Such request must be in writing.  The meeting 
between the parties and the Federal Mediator must occur within ten (10) 
calendar days after the date of the requesting letter.  No later than the 
conclusion of the meeting with the Federal Mediator, the grievance will be 
resolved or the Union has the right to strike the Rockwood, Tennessee 
facility only after written notification of five (5) days of an intent to 
engage in such a work stoppage.  Such strike shall be commenced within sixty 
(60) calendar days following the five (5) days referenced hereinbefore or 
such right shall be lost.  The sixty (60) days may be extended by mutual 
agreement.  Any such strike shall be deemed an economic strike, and the 
Company shall have all rights reserved by law in an economic strike.

     Work stoppages or strikes shall be limited to the Rockwood, Tennessee, 
facility.  Any work stoppage or strike actually engaged in by the Union or 
employees away from the Rockwood, Tennessee, facility shall result in 
immediate discharge of such employees.  The written notification of work 
stoppage shall be sent by registered mail to Rockwood, Tennessee.  Failure of 
the Union to send such notification within ten (10) days after the receipt of 
the Fifth Step response shall void any right to strike pursuant to Article 
XVI of the Agreement.

                                 ARTICLE XVII
                             NO STRIKE/NO LOCKOUT

     During the term of this Agreement, subject to Article XVI, the Union 
agrees it will not engage in any strike, work stoppage, slow down, or other 
interference with work.  Failure of an employee to comply with this provision 
shall result in his



                                     10


<PAGE>

immediate termination.  Proof of an employee(s) engaging in conduct violative
of this Article shall be just cause for permanent discharge and not subject to
Article XVI.  The Company agrees it will not lock out its employees.

                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                          DISCHARGE AND DISCIPLINE

     No employee will be discharged or disciplined without proper or just 
cause.  When an employee is to be discharged or disciplined, he may ask for a 
committeeman to be present.

                                 ARTICLE XIX
                                   SAFETY

     The Company and the Union will jointly work on the objective of eliminating
accidents and health hazards in the work place.  This joint effort may take the
form of joint safety committees, special groups working on safety projects, 
safety training, and/or other activities which will improve the overall safety
effort of the Plant.  It is the intent of the Company that all safety problems 
will be dealt with immediately by an employee's supervisor.

                                  ARTICLE XX
                             CONTRACTUAL BENEFITS

     Any and all contractual benefits, rights, or entitlements under this 
Agreement are predicated on actual hours worked.

                                 ARTICLE XXI
                                 CREDIT UNION

     There will be a payroll deduction credit union option for all bargaining 
unit employees with a local credit union.

                                 ARTICLE XXII
                                   DURATION

     1.  This Agreement constitutes the complete contractual relationship 
between the parties hereto.

     2.  This Agreement shall become effective as of 12: 01 AM August 26, 1995,
and shall continue in full force and effect until



                                     11

<PAGE>

midnight August 25, 2000.  It shall automatically be renewed for successive 
periods of one (1) year thereafter unless either party notifies the other in 
writing at least sixty (60) days prior to August 25, 2000, or sixty (60) days 
prior to any succeeding August 25th, that the Agreement will terminate on 
such specified date.

     3 .  Written notices required under Section 2 above shall be made by 
Certified Mail.  Such notice shall be addressed to: IMCO Recycling Inc., P.O. 
Box 268, Rockwood, Tennessee 37854, if to the Company and to United Steelworkers
of America, AFL-CIO-CLC, 269 Cusick Road, Suite D, Alcoa, Tennessee 37701, if 
to the Union.  Either party may, by written notice to the other, effect a 
change of the addresses given above.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed on behalf of both 
parties on the      day of September, 1995.

UNITED STEELWORKERS OF AMERICA         IMCO INC.
By:                                    By:


- ----------------------------------     ----------------------------------
George Becker                          Richard L. Kerr
International President                Executive Vice President


- ----------------------------------     ----------------------------------
Leo Gerard                             F. Robert Hubbard
International Sec./Treasurer           General Manager, Rockwood Plant


- ----------------------------------     ----------------------------------
Richard Davis                          J. B. Walburg
International V.P. (Admin.)            Treasurer


- ----------------------------------
Leon Lynch
International V.P. (Human Affairs)


- ----------------------------------
Joe Kiker
Director, District 9


- ----------------------------------
Staff Representative

USWA LOCAL UNION 9147 COMMITTEE

- ----------------------------------
Virgil McNelly, President

- ----------------------------------
Terry Hall, Vice President


                                     12


<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------
George Kirkland


- ----------------------------------
Archie Cook


- ----------------------------------
Doug Young












                                     13


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 8/26/95     8/26/96    8/26/97   8/26/98  8/26/99
                 -------     -------    -------   -------  -------
<S>               <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>
Maintenance
Leadman            12.00       12.30      12.60    13.00    13.50
Maintenance
Mechanic           11.40       11.70      12.00    12.40    12.90
Furnace
Operator           10.90       11.20      11.50    11.90    12.40
Equipment
Operator           10.15       10.45      10.75    11.15    11.65
Janitor             8.45        8.75       9.05     9.45     9.95
Truck Driver       10.90       11.20      11.50    11.90    12.40
Electrician        11.55       11.85      12.15    12.55    13.05
Leadman
Operator           10.90       11.20      11.50    11.90    12.40
Leadman Furnace    
Operator           11.50       11.80      12.10    12.50    13.00
Mobile Vehicle
Maintenance
Mechanic           11.40       11.70      12.00    12.40    12.90

Scheduled premium of $.15/hr. for those employees working on eight (8)
or twelve (12) hour rotating shift schedule.

</TABLE>

Commencing on August 26, 1994 through August 26, 1999, the following annual 
increases will be given: $.35 (8/26/95); $.30 (8/26/96); $.30 (8/26/97); $.40 
(8/26/98); and $.50 (8/26/99).

                                     14


<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE B

     I.   JURY DUTY - Employees who are selected for jury duty will be made 
          "whole" for their normal scheduled hours missed.  The appropriate 
          documentation will be required for reimbursement.


     II.  BEREAVEMENT PAY - Employees will be given time off with their normal
          scheduled pay up to three (3) days for the following relatives: 
          spouse, son, daughter, mother, father, sister, brother, 
          mother-in-law, father-in-law, grandmother, grandfather. One (1) day 
          will be allowed for current brother or sister-in-law funerals.  In 
          the case of brother and sister-in-law funerals, the employee may ask
          for and shall be granted two (2) additional days off without pay or 
          attendance points. The employee must attend the funeral.



     III. VACATION ACCRUAL:

               After 1 year . . . . . . . . . .  1 week
               After 2 years. . . . . . . . . .  2 weeks
               After 10 years . . . . . . . . .  3 weeks
               After 20 years . . . . . . . . .  4 weeks

     IV.  Employees and dependents shall be covered under health, life and 
          dental insurance after the employee ends his or her probationary 
          period.

     V.   The Company will buy each bargaining unit employee a pair of safety 
          shoes upon ratification of the contract.  Thereafter, the Company 
          will repair the shoes of bargaining unit employees but if in its
          opinion the shoe is not repairable, it will purchase a new pair for 
          the employee.  The cost thereof will be split 50/50 with the employee.
          In no event will the Company purchase more than one (1) pair per year.

     VI.  The Company shall pay up to One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) for
          the cost of a welder receiving his welding certification (AWS).

     VII. Employees shall be furnished term life insurance in the amount of 
          Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00). Spouses and dependent 
          children of employees shall be furnished term life insurance in the
          amount of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) and Five Thousand Dollars
          ($5,000.00) respectively.




                                     15




<PAGE>





                                      CONTRACT 



                                      BETWEEN 



                             IMCO RECYCLING OF OHIO INC. 



                            UNITED MINE WORKERS, AFL-CIO 



                   Effective 12/1/95 Through Midnight 11/30/98


<PAGE>

                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purpose and Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1 
Article  I      - Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1 
Article  II     - Management Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1 
Article  III    - Probationary Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2 
Article  IV     - Union Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2 
Article  V      - Seniority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3 
Article  VI     - Permanent Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4 
Article  VII    - Temporary Vacancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5 
Article  VIII   - Temporary Reduction In Force  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7 
Article  IX     - Reduction in Force  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7 
Article  X      - Grievance Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8 
Article  XI     - Permanent Job Classification Elimination  . . . . . . .   8 
Article  XII    - Working Hours and Overtime Pay and Payday . . . . . . .   8 
Article  XIII   - Call Back Pay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9 
Article  XIV    - Grievance Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9 
Article  XV     - Leaves of Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11 
Article  XVI    - Suspension and Discharge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11 
Article  XVII   - No Strike/No Lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 
Article  XVIII  - Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 
Article  XIX    - Supervisory Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14 
Article  XX     - Contracting Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14 
Article  XXI    - Bulletin Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14 
Article  XXII   - Voting Place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15 
Article  XXIII  - Jury Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15 

                                     i 

<PAGE>

Article XXIV    - Bereavement Pay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15 
Article XXV     - Holiday Pay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15 
Article XXVI    - Profit Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 
Article XXVII   - Accident and Sickness Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 
Article XXVIII  - Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 
Article XXIX    - Basic Workday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 
Article XXX     - Plant Closing or Relocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 
Article XXXI    - Duration of Agreement and Responsibilities of 
                   the Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING - CHECKOFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19 
SCHEDULE A      - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21 
SCHEDULE B      - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22 
















                                     ii 

<PAGE>

     This Agreement by and between IMCO Recycling of Ohio Inc. (hereinafter 
called "Company") and United Mine Workers Union (hereinafter "Union") is 
entered into this 1st day of December, 1995.

                             PURPOSE AND INTENT

     It is the purpose and intent of the parties to set forth certain 
agreements pertaining to wages, hours, and working conditions to be observed 
by the parties during the life of this Agreement and provide the procedures 
for the prompt and equitable adjustment of grievances.  The Union, Company 
and employees agree they will work together in harmony toward turning out a 
quality product and will abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this 
Agreement.

                              ARTICLE I  
                             RECOGNITION 

     The Company recognizes the Union as the exclusive bargaining agent for 
its employees at its Uhrichsville, Ohio facility in the below-described unit:

          INCLUDED:  All production and maintenance employees employed 
          by the Employer at its Uhrichsville, Ohio facility, including
          leadpersons.

          EXCLUDED:  Laboratory and plant technicians, all office 
          clerical employees, professional employees, janitorial 
          employees, guards, and supervisors as defined in the Act.

All other employees not specifically listed above as included or excluded 
shall be excluded.

                            ARTICLE II     
                         MANAGEMENT RIGHTS 

     The Company retains and shall possess every management right, right to 
function, privilege, authority; except as specifically limited or restricted 
by this Agreement.  Illustrative, but not all-inclusive of the rights of 
management retained, are the right to manage the Company; to direct the work 
force; to make and enforce rules of conduct; to subcontract; to change hours 
and days of work; to assign work to other of the

<PAGE>

Company's employees and facilities; to make and change work duties and 
assignments; to determine the quality and quantity of productivity required; 
to change or adjust the hours and numbers of shifts and assignments thereto; 
to hire employees; to classify, promote, discipline, demote, and discharge 
employees for just cause; to lay off and recall employees; to select and make 
technological state of the art changes in processes, tools, equipment, and 
facilities; to determine the number of employees to be employed; to determine 
the number of employees to be employed in each department, shift, 
classification; to determine the number of employees to be employed in any 
particular work function or assignment; to decide the methods, equipment, 
processes, and means of production; to determine the utilization of 
labor-saving devices which may result in a reduction of the work force; to 
establish new departments, job classifications, and initial rates of pay; to 
transfer and assign employees to duties without regard to titles, job 
classifications, departments, etc.; (subject to the terms of this contract) 
and to exercise the right not specifically set forth in this Agreement upon 
which the parties negotiated or had the opportunity to negotiate whether or 
not such rights have been exercised by the Company in the past.

                               ARTICLE III
                         PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES

     A newly hired or rehired employee of the Company will be considered a 
new employee on a probationary basis for the first sixty (60) calendar days 
of his employment.  Thereafter, if kept on the Company payroll, his name will 
be placed on the Company's seniority list and his seniority shall date back 
to his most recent date of hire.

     Employees terminated and rehired within a one (1) year period will 
maintain credit for any days previously worked.

                               ARTICLE IV
                             UNION SECURITY

     All present employees who have concluded their probationary period of at 
least sixty (60) calendar days, must become and remain members of the Union 
in good standing as a continuing condition of employment on and after the 
sixtieth (60th) calendar day following their beginning of such employment or 
sixty (60) calendar days after the effective date of their contract, 
whichever is the later.


                                    2 

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE V 
                               SENIORITY 

     SECTION 1. In all cases of increase or decrease of the work force, 
length of plant wide continuous service in years, months and days shall 
govern.

     Seniority shall be counted from the employee's date of last hire.  
Seniority shall govern in all circumstances unless set forth to the contrary 
herein.

     SECTION 2. A probationary employee is any employee whose continuous 
length of service is less than sixty (60) calendar days.  When a probationary 
employee has accumulated sixty (60) calendar days of continuous service, 
he (1) will become a regular employee and have his seniority established as set
forth in the paragraph above.  During the probationary period the employee 
shall be paid thirty cents ($.30) less per hour than the entry level rate.  
During an employee's probationary period, the Company shall not be restricted 
in its right to discharge or discipline such employee for any cause, except 
as limited by state and federal law. The discipline or discharge of a 
probationary employee shall not be subject to the grievance procedure of this 
Agreement.  Further, no contractual terms or entitlements of this Agreement 
shall be available to any probationary employee.  The probationary period of 
any employee may be extended an additional thirty (30) calendar days at the 
discretion of the Company.

     However, when the probationary period of an employee is to be extended, 
Management shall notify the Local Union President, in writing, of the reason 
for the extension.

     SECTION 3. An employee shall lose seniority rights when any of the 
following occurs:

     a)  The employee quits;

     b)  The employee is properly or justly discharged and not reinstated;

     c)  The employee is absent from work for three (3) consecutive workdays 
         without notifying the Company of a legitimate reason for such absence
         on a daily basis unless such notification is not possible;

     d)  The employee has not been recalled from layoff for a period of two (2)
         years;

_______________
     (1) The masculine pronouns refer to both genders and are simply used for 
         ease of reading.

                                      3 

<PAGE>

     e)  The employee fails to return from a leave of absence within three (3) 
         workdays following the expiration thereof;

     f)  The employee fails to respond within five (5) postal service days after
         receiving a notice of recall to work on the day set forth in the 
         notice. (The Company shall send a written notice of recall, via 
         Certified Mail, to the employees' last known address.  It shall be the 
         employees' responsibility to keep the Company advised of his current 
         address and telephone number);

     g)  The employee retires;

     h)  When an employee accepts a position outside of the bargaining 
         unit. (2)

     The Company will furnish the Local Union's Recording Secretary an 
up-to-date seniority list of employees stating the name, social security 
number, address, telephone number, and date of hire thereof every three (3) 
months, or whenever additions, deletions, or corrections are made to said 
roster.

                                 ARTICLE VI 
                            PERMANENT VACANCIES

     Permanent vacancies are created by a union member's termination of 
employment or by the creation of a new job or increased work load.

     SECTION 1. ROTATING CREW MOVES.  Prior to any vacancy being posted for 
bid, the Company will determine if any employee currently in that job 
classification has elected to change rotating crews.  If an employee desires 
another crew, he may sign a form indicating the crew to which he desires to 
move.  The resulting vacancy after such rotating crew move will be the job 
posted for bid.

     SECTION 2. A permanent vacancy notification shall be posted on the 
bulletin board for a period of six (6) calendar days.  Employees seeking to 
bid on the job shall sign the posting on the list provided at the Security 
Guard/Scale House.  If a posting goes up during an employee's absence from 
work, the employee may show his desire to be considered for the job by 
signing the appropriate vacation bid posting sheet provided at the Security 
Guard/Scale

_______________
     (2) Subject to sixty (60) calendar day return to the bargaining unit for 
persons promoted to supervisory positions.  An employee shall have one (1) 
such right during the term of this contract.

                                      4 

<PAGE>

House.  Postings shall include the job classification, shift, and if a new 
classification, the rate and a brief description of the duties.  The Company 
shall advise the Union President, in writing, of the successful bidder as 
soon as practical but no later than seven (7) calendar days after the posting 
goes down.  The successful employee shall be awarded the bid position on or 
before fourteen (14) calendar days from the advisement of the Union President.

     Employees may bid laterally or downward four (4) times during the life 
of the contract.  They may bid upward without limitation; however, if such 
bid is to a job previously held, one of the four (4) bids will be used.  Bids 
on new classifications (not included in the Wage Schedule) and bids to the 
day shift shall not be subject to the limitations set forth hereinbefore.

     SECTION 3.  All permanent job vacancies shall be awarded to the senior 
most employee bidding for such job. Maintenance Employees, including 
lubricators and electricians, must pass a maintenance test before being 
considered for such jobs.

     SECTION 4.  If an employee fails to demonstrate within thirty (30) 
calendar days that he can perform the job or if the employee desires to 
decline the job within the same period of time, then he shall be returned to 
his former job.  An employee who desires to decline the job during the period 
from the thirty-first (31st) to the sixtieth (60th) calendar day may, with 
the agreement of the Company, do so at which time he will be assigned to an 
open position unless his previous position has not been awarded to another 
employee in which case the employee may be returned to his former position.  
If an employee declines the job within thirty (30) calendar days, the job 
will be awarded to the next employee entitled to the job from the list of 
bidders.  Employees whose names appear on the list of bidders who 
subsequently successfully bid on other jobs will be deemed to have their 
names removed from such list.  If an employee declines the job or leaves the 
position after thirty (30) calendar days, said position shall be posted as a 
permanent vacancy.

     SECTION 5.  If there are no successful bidders or employees on layoff 
status, the Company reserves the right to hire from the street.

                                ARTICLE VII
                             TEMPORARY VACANCY

     SECTION 1.  Every reasonable effort shall be made to keep an employee at 
work on the job duties normally and customarily a part of his regular job and 
to minimize to the extent practicable the amount of temporary assignments to 
other jobs.

                                    5 

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.  This section shall apply to temporary vacancies in excess of 
eight (8) or ten (10) working days (rotating and day shift respectively) 
where management determines a need to fill a job on a temporary basis.  The 
following procedures will apply:

     1)   Between January 1st and January 15th of each year employees will 
          elect job classifications they desire to be considered for on 
          temporary transfers in excess of ten (10) and eight (8) working days.
          Any employee not listing his name and selections during such period 
          will not be considered for temporary transfers under this provision 
          until he so indicates in the succeeding January 1st through 15th.  
          Employees hired during the calendar year in question shall have eight
          (8) or ten (10) working days (rotating and day shifts respectively) 
          following their exhaustion of the probationary period in which to 
          elect job classifications. Such transfers will be only to another 
          classification or department.  The senior employee on the list will 
          be called for a temporary transfer which he may accept or reject.  
          Until the contacted employee has accepted or rejected the offer, the
          Company reserves the right to select as though the assignment were ten
          (10) or eight (8) days or less.  Employees who may not be selected on
          the basis of their seniority may not grieve the failure to be selected
          if a bargaining unit employee is awarded the temporary transfer. (3)

     2)   In the event no employee is listed for the job, the junior employee 
          on the shift and department will be required to fill the vacancy.

     3)   If the Company is unable to fill the vacancy by the above means, the
          classified employee with the lowest overtime hours may be called out.

     SECTION 3.  Employees who are awarded a temporary vacancy shall be required
to fill that job until such time as the Employee completes that assignment in 
accordance with the above procedures.

_______________
     (3) The Company reserves the right under this provision to not transfer 
employees from critical positions. If the transferee's vacated position must 
be staffed, the Company reserves the right to do so through overtime or 
utilize the procedure hereinbefore or a second temporary transfer.  Any 
position filled after the second temporary transfer shall be filled as though 
they are transfers of less than ten (10) or eight (8) working days.

                                       6 

<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.  When an employee is assigned to a job other than his own on a
temporary daily basis, he shall be compensated for the entire shift at the 
higher rate of pay for either his job or the job to which he is temporarily 
assigned.

                                ARTICLE VIII
                        TEMPORARY REDUCTION IN FORCE

     When it is determined by the Company that there will be a temporary 
reduction in force in the work force for extraordinary reasons, employees may 
be sent home for four (4) days without regard to other provisions of this 
collective bargaining agreement.

                                ARTICLE IX
                            REDUCTION IN FORCE

     SECTION 1.  When it is determined by the Company that a reduction in 
force is necessary, the Company will notify the Union as soon as practicable 
but no less than five (5) working days in advance of the layoff.

     As soon as practicable, the Company will meet with the officers and one 
(1) member of the Grievance Committee of the Local Union to discuss how many 
employees are to be reduced, what jobs must be filled, and which employees 
must be realigned.  In the event of a layoff or reduction in force, employees 
with the greatest seniority at the plant shall be retained if qualified 
(Maintenance Department).  The senior employees in each job shall be retained 
in their job classification.  Those employees who are displaced from their 
job classification shall be offered open jobs based on their seniority.  If 
within twenty-four (24) hours of the meeting required by this Section an 
employee advises the Company that he wishes to waive the opportunity for an 
open job in favor of an open day shift job, such employee will be granted 
such request, seniority permitting.  An employee who is not retained in his 
job classification and who is not successfully assigned to an open job shall, 
seniority permitting, displace the last person hired.  No bumps shall be 
permitted under this Section with the exception of the one referenced 
immediately hereinbefore.

     SECTION 2.  Employees who are laid off will be recalled in order of 
seniority and assigned to jobs by the Company.  At the point in time when all 
employees have been recalled or when the Company determines further recalls 
are not likely, all jobs from which employees have been laid off, or jobs 
they occupied during such layoff period, shall be posted for bid according to 
the procedures set forth in Article VII. During the recall process, laid off 
employees who earlier had been recalled or who during the layoff occupied a 
position resulting from the layoff, and resultant

                                    7 

<PAGE>

moves, may be assigned or reassigned to their pre-layoff position prior to 
the job posting referenced immediately hereinbefore.

                               ARTICLE X
                         GRIEVANCE COMMITTEE

     There shall be a Grievance Committee consisting of at least three (3) 
employees employed at the plant and selected by the Local Union.  The 
Grievance Committee shall assist members in the processing of grievances and 
shall participate at Step 1, if requested, by the Grievant.  They shall refer 
and process Grievances at Step 2 and may participate in Steps 3 and 4 of the 
Grievance Procedure.

                              ARTICLE XI
               PERMANENT JOB CLASSIFICATION ELIMINATION

     If the Company determines that jobs at the plant are to be eliminated, 
the following procedures will be followed:

     1)  Five (5) days prior to any action being taken, the Company shall meet
with the local union president and the grievance committee to discuss:

         A.  the reasoning for elimination of said jobs;

         B.  the number of employees affected by said elimination; and

         C.  the job classifications affected by said elimination.

     2)  The employees who are to be displaced from such jobs shall, to the 
extent their seniority (and qualifications in regard to maintenance jobs) 
permits, be entitled to displace the junior employee in a job of their 
choosing.

     3)  Any employee displaced under No. 2 above shall also be entitled to 
exercise their seniority in the same manner.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                   WORKING HOURS AND OVERTIME PAY AND PAYDAY

     SECTION 1.  The Company will make a good faith effort to fairly and 
equitably distribute overtime among qualified employees.  The Company will 
make every effort to minimize the amount of overtime worked, but when the 
need arises, those employees who are

                                       8 

<PAGE>

designated by the Company for overtime must perform the work.  The least 
senior employee must perform the work.

     SECTION 2.  Overtime will be paid at time and one-half the regular rate 
and will apply only after forty (40) hours have been worked during the 
workweek.  Hours not actually worked will not count toward overtime (e.g., 
holiday, vacation, sick leave, etc.).

     SECTION 3.  The Company will pay overtime pay to all those employees who 
work on major equipment outages (i.e., worked on five (5) eights (8) and all 
hours worked over twelve (12) on four (4) twelves (12).  This type of special 
overtime pay will be scheduled and not be the normal type 
incidentally-scheduled overtime which occurs during the normal workweek.

     SECTION 4.  The payday for all employees shall be on a weekly basis.

     SECTION 5.  As soon as practicable the Company will implement a wage 
equalization pay system as proposed in a letter dated January 3, 1996.

                               ARTICLE XIII
                              CALL BACK PAY

     In the event an employee is called back to work and no work is 
available, the employee leaves and receives a minimum of two (2) hours of pay 
at the applicable rate.  If the employee performed the work he/she was called 
back to do, the employee leaves and receives a minimum of four (4) hours of 
pay at the applicable rate.  If the work performed by the employee called 
back exceeds four (4) hours, the employee will leave and be paid for the 
actual hours worked.

                              ARTICLE XIV
                          GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

     SECTION 1.  Should any difference arise between the Company and its 
employees as to the meaning or application of the provision of this 
Agreement, an earnest effort shall be made to settle such grievance 
immediately in accordance with the following procedure.

        STEP 1. Any employee with the belief that there is a complaint shall 
discuss the issue with his immediate supervisor within three (3) working days 
of the incident prompting the complaint.  If the employee desires that a 
representative of the Union be present during the discussion with his 
immediate supervisor, he shall notify the supervisor of his desire and the

                                  9 

<PAGE>

immediate supervisor shall arrange to have the requested representative of 
the Union present while the employee is discussing the grievance with his 
supervisor.  The supervisor shall have the authority to settle the matter.  
The supervisor will answer the aggrieved employee within two (2) working days 
of the original discussion.

        STEP 2. If the supervisor's answer is not acceptable, or if the 
answer is not given within two (2) working days of the original discussion, 
the aggrieved employee may submit a written grievance, within five (5) 
working days to the Plant Superintendent.  A meeting with the Grievant, Plant 
Superintendent, supervisor, and two (2) members of the Grievance Committee 
shall be held within ten (10) working days of receipt of the written 
grievance to review the facts and contract provisions in an effort to resolve 
the grievance. (4)  If the complaint is not settled, the grievance will be 
referred to a representative of the UMWA District and the General Manager or 
his designee.

        STEP 3. Within ten (10) working days of the time the grievance is 
referred to them, the District Representative and General Manager or his 
designee shall meet in an effort to reach an agreement.  No more than two (2) 
members of the Grievance Committee shall have the right to be present.

        STEP 4. In cases where the UMWA District Representative and the 
General Manager or his designee fail to reach an agreement, the matter shall, 
within ten (10) calendar days after referral to them, be referred to an 
arbitrator.

     Such arbitrator may be selected by mutual consent between the parties, 
or failing to reach consent, by applying for a panel of arbitrators from the 
American Arbitration Association or the Federal Mediation and Conciliation 
Service; the parties shall alternately strike names from the panel until one 
(1) arbitrator is named.  The salary and expenses of the arbitrator shall be 
borne equally by the Company and the Union.

     SECTION 2.  The time limits contained in this Grievance Procedure must 
be strictly adhered to.  The time limits may be waived by mutual consent of 
the parties in writing.  Should the grievance not be timely responded to by 
the Company, it shall be automatically moved to the next stage.  The Company 
will make every good faith effort to timely process grievances.

     SECTION 3.  Settlements reached at Steps 1, 2 or 3 of the Grievance 
Procedure shall be without precedent and not referred to nor used by either 
party in the processing of any other grievance, unless agreed to in a signed 
writing by both parties.

_______________
     (4) In Step 2 and Step 3 two (2) committee persons shall remain on the 
clock.



                                    10 

<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.  The grievant shall have the right to be present at each step 
of the grievance procedure until such time as all evidence is taken.

                               ARTICLE XV
                           LEAVES OF ABSENCE

     Leaves of absence will be granted to local union officers and committee 
members to perform duties for the local union without any loss of contractual 
benefits not to include wages.  Forty-eight (48) hours notice shall be given 
to the Company prior to the commencement of such leave, absent extraordinary 
circumstances.

     Employees who request a leave of absence to serve as District or 
International union officers or representatives shall be granted such leave 
and shall retain their seniority and continue to accrue seniority while on 
such leave.  While on such leave, employees shall be entitled to no benefits 
under the contract. Employees who are appointed or elected to District or 
International union positions shall, upon expiration of their term(s), be 
entitled to return to the job held immediately prior to such leave.

     Written notice of such leaves shall be presented to the Company as soon 
as practicable but no less than forty-eight (48) hours before the 
commencement of such leave.

     Employees who are eligible shall be granted military leave, and family 
and medical leave.

     The Company and Union will discuss contractual adjustments in the case 
of persons covered under the Americans with Disabilities Act.

                                ARTICLE XVI
                          SUSPENSION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 1.  No employee covered by this Agreement may be disciplined or 
discharged, except for just cause.  The burden shall be on the employer to 
establish grounds for discipline or discharge in all proceedings under this 
Agreement.

     SECTION 2.  Where management concludes that the conduct of an employee 
justifies suspension or discharge, the employee shall first be suspended 
without pay and shall be given written notice stating the reason(s), with a 
copy to be furnished to the Grievance Committee.  Within seventy-two (72) 
hours the employee may be afforded the right to meet with the General Manager 
or his designee.

                                    11 

<PAGE>

     At such meeting, no more than two (2) members of the Grievance Committee 
shall be present and, if requested by the employee or the Grievance 
Committee, a representative of the District UMWA shall also be present.

     SECTION 3.  If the General Manager or his designee informs the employee 
at the meeting between the Employer and the employee, that discharge or 
suspension is still intended (or if no meeting is requested), the employee 
may within five (5) calendar days file a grievance directly to Step 4 of the 
Grievance Procedure.

     SECTION 4.  In all cases where it is determined that just cause did not 
exist for discharge or suspension, the arbitrator has full authority to 
fashion an appropriate remedy.

                               ARTICLE XVII    
                          NO STRIKE/NO LOCKOUT 

     During the term of this Agreement, subject to Article XII, the Union 
agrees it will not engage in any strike, work stoppage, slow down, or other 
interference with work.  Failure of an employee to comply with this provision 
shall result in his immediate termination.  Proof of an employee(s) engaging 
in conduct violative of this Article shall be just cause for permanent 
discharge and not subject to Articles XII or XIII.  The Company agrees it 
will not lock out its employees.

                             ARTICLE XVIII
                           HEALTH AND SAFETY

     SECTION 1.  The Company and the Union shall cooperate in the objective 
of eliminating accidents and health hazards.

     The Company will make reasonable provisions for the safety and health of 
its employees at the plant during the hours of their employment.

     SECTION 2.  There will be a Joint Health and Safety Committee consisting 
of at least three (3) bargaining unit employees employed at the facility and 
selected by the Local Union and an equal number of management/supervisory 
employees, at the Company's option.  The Joint Health and Safety Committee 
shall at all times be deemed to be acting within the scope of their 
employment in the plant within the meaning of the applicable worker's 
compensation law.

     SECTION 3.  The Joint Health and Safety Committee, or in the absence of 
the entire Joint Health and Safety Committee, a member or members may inspect 
any portion of the plant and related

                                     12 

<PAGE>

facilities. If the Committee finds conditions which need correcting, they 
shall report their findings to the Company for APPROPRIATE attention.

     In those special instances where the Joint Health and Safety Committee 
believes a situation endangers the lives and bodies of employees and poses an 
imminent danger, they may remove employees from that area or job until the 
situation is corrected.

     SECTION 4.  No Joint Health and Safety Committee member may be 
disciplined or discharged for his actions as a member of the Joint Health and 
Safety Committee as long as his activities are in good faith and in 
compliance with applicable OSHA (state and federal) rules and guidelines and 
Company safety policies and standards.

     SECTION 5.  A representative of the Company and a Joint Health and 
Safety Committee member may accompany the federal and/or state Safety and 
Health Inspectors when they make their examinations of the plant.  The 
employee of the Joint Health and Safety Committee shall suffer no loss of pay 
while on such inspection.

     SECTION 6.  In the event of an injury or illness on the job, where 
appropriate, the Company will transport the employee to a place where medical 
services can be obtained (hospital, doctor's office, etc.). (If applicable, 
the Company will also provide the employee transportation for a return ride.) 
The employee, if able, may request the facility to which he wishes to be 
transported.

     Each month the Company will furnish the Joint Health and Safety 
Committee a list of all accidents which occurred during the previous month.

     SECTION 7.  The Joint Health and Safety Committee and management shall 
investigate all serious or potentially serious accidents with the sole 
purpose to find ways to eliminate or reduce such accidents.

     SECTION 8.  Hard hats, gloves, safety glasses or one (1) pair 
prescription safety glasses per year, hearing protection, long-sleeve cotton 
jackets (molten metal area) and metatarsal shoes shall be furnished by the 
Company and worn at all times.  Items referenced above will be replaced upon 
presentation of the item sought to be replaced.

     SECTION 9.  At the request of the Joint Health and Safety Committee, 
Union officials, District and International officers and representatives of 
the UMWA Department of Occupational Safety and Health shall be granted access 
to the plant to inspect the facility or to investigate serious accidents.  
Such request shall be made in writing, copy to the Company, after a verbal 
advisement of such action.  The letter shall state the reason for the visit 
which

                                     13 

<PAGE>

should not take place before five (5) days from receipt, absent unusual 
circumstances.

     SECTION 10.  An employee injured during his shift shall be paid for the 
entire shift, if he cannot reasonably be expected to complete his shift.

     SECTION 11.  Union members of the Joint Health and Safety Committee 
shall be compensated by management for all time spent on official Joint 
Health and Safety Committee business and meetings, as requested by the 
Company.

                                ARTICLE XIX
                          SUPERVISORY EMPLOYEES

     Any supervisor may, as a part of that person's regular duties, perform 
work in emergencies, in training of other employees, in improving or checking 
the quality of production, in experimental or research and development 
assignments, to assist a regular worker or in order to prevent harm to 
employees or equipment.  Such supervisor shall not regularly perform 
bargaining unit work so as to cause a layoff or displacement or loss of a 
full day's work opportunity for an employee who is in the bargaining unit.  
It is understood that the Company will make every reasonable effort to secure 
a replacement, if needed, for those employees who fail to report to work.

                                ARTICLE XX    
                              CONTRACTING OUT 

     Contracting out of repair and maintenance work or work which can be 
performed by classified employees shall not be permitted when classified 
employees are on a layoff status or when such contracting out knowingly will 
result in the layoff of classified employees.

                               ARTICLE XXI    
                              BULLETIN BOARDS 

     The Company will furnish and maintain one (1) bulletin board locked and 
under glass in a conspicuous place in the shop which shall be for the sole 
use of the Union.  A key to the board shall be furnished to the General 
Manager.

                                    14 

<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE XXII
                              VOTING PLACE

     The Company shall make available space within the shop for the purpose 
of holding Union elections and contract ratification votes for oncoming and 
off going crews only.

                             ARTICLE XXIII 
                               JURY DUTY   

     Employees who are summoned for jury duty and serve in such capacity 
shall receive for each day of service, the difference between the amount 
received for such service and, in the case of hourly workers, eight (8) times 
his regular rate or in the case of incentive or piece workers, eight (8) 
times his average hourly earnings, for a period not to exceed thirty (30) 
working days.

     Such payments are to be made for only the days upon which the employee 
would have worked because of being scheduled to work.

                              ARTICLE XXIV
                            BEREAVEMENT PAY

     In the event of the death of an employee's spouse, children, 
stepchildren, father, mother, current mother-in-law, current father-in-law, 
brother or sister, and the employee has been in the employ of the Company for 
sixty (60) calendar days or more, he shall receive up to but not in excess of 
three (3) days' pay while off prior to and while attending funeral services.

     Payment of bereavement pay will only be made after the employee 
furnishes his employer with acceptable proof of death by copy of the death 
certificate or newspaper clipping of the funeral notice or other proof 
acceptable to the Employer.

     The pay for time off shall be the amount of eight (8) times the 
employee's hourly rate.

     In addition to the above, two (2) days without pay or attendance points 
shall be granted as leave for the day of the funeral for any other family 
member.

                               ARTICLE XXV
                               HOLIDAY PAY

     Holidays recognized in the Agreement are:

                                    15

<PAGE>

                New Year's Day        Thanksgiving Day
                Easter                Day after Thanksgiving
                Memorial Day          Christmas Eve
                Fourth of July        Christmas Day
                Labor Day             Floating Holiday

     Employees shall receive holiday pay for holidays on the following basis:

     A)  Employees scheduled to work the Holiday shall be paid at double 
time rates for all hours worked, which includes the holiday pay.

     B)  Employees scheduled to work who do not complete the full shift shall 
be paid double time rates for all hours worked.

     C)  Employees who do not accrue any attendance policy discipline and 
have no OSHA recordable injuries during a given calendar year will be 
entitled to one (1) personal day to be taken in the following year.

                                ARTICLE XXVI
                               PROFIT SHARING

     If the Company maintains its profit sharing plan, employees will 
participate if and when the profit sharing to employees occurs.  Employees 
shall be eligible for profit sharing after one (1) year of continuous 
employment.

                               ARTICLE XXVII
                       ACCIDENT AND SICKNESS BENEFITS

     Accident and sickness benefits will be provided under the terms as set 
forth under the corporate policy. (5)  However, the benefits will be modified 
to reflect thirty (30) weeks and Two Hundred Eighty Dollars ($280.00) per 
week.  In all other respects the corporate policy will be followed.

                              ARTICLE XXVIII
                                INSURANCE

     Employees will be covered under the corporate insurance plans for 
medical and life insurance and such documents are incorporated herein by 
reference.

_______________
(5)  Group Health Benefits for Employees of IMCO Recycling Inc.


                                   16 

<PAGE>

                              ARTICLE XXIX
                             BASIC WORKDAY

     The Company shall fairly distribute overtime.  Overtime scheduling 
system shall be determined by the parties and communicated to employees.

                              ARTICLE XXX
                      PLANT CLOSING OR RELOCATION

     If the Company decides to sell, close, or relocate its Uhrichsville, 
Ohio facility, it shall comply with its statutory obligations.

                             ARTICLE XXXI
                      DURATION OF AGREEMENT AND
                   RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

     This Agreement shall become effective as of December 1, 1995, and shall 
continue in full force and effect until November 30, 1998.

     It shall automatically be renewed for successive periods of one (1) year 
thereafter, unless either party notifies the other, in writing, at least 
sixty (60) days prior to December 1, 1995 that the Agreement will terminate 
on such specified date.

     The written notice required under the immediately preceding paragraph 
shall be made by certified mail.  Such notice shall be addressed to: United 
Mine Workers of America (UMWA), District Six, 56000 Dilles Bottom, Shadyside, 
Ohio 43947 if to the Union; and to IMCO Recycling of Ohio Inc., P.O. Box 151, 
Uhrichsville, OH 44683 if to the Company.

     Either party may, by written notice to the other, effect a change of the 
addresses given above.

     The Company and its managers and supervisors at all levels shall be 
bound to observe the provisions of this Agreement.

     The Union and its officers and representatives at all levels and all 
employees shall be bound to observe the provisions of this Agreement.

     It is the continuing policy of the Company and the Union that the 
provisions of this Agreement shall be applied equally to all employees 
without regard to race, color, religious creed, national origin, veteran 
status, sex, age or union activity in accordance with state and/or federal 
laws.  Should any provision of

                                     17 

<PAGE>

this Agreement be found to be in violation of any state or federal law, the 
parties will attempt to renegotiate that provision.  The remainder of the 
contract shall remain in effect whether the renegotiation is successful or 
not.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed on behalf of the 
parties only upon the condition that it has been ratified and approved by the 
members covered hereby to become effective this lst day of December, 1995.





















                                     18 

<PAGE>

                         MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING 
                                  Checkoff 

     The membership dues, including initiation fees, and assessments of the 
United Mine Workers of America and its various subdivisions, credit union, 
voluntary COMPAC contributions, and Union-sponsored group auto insurance, as 
authorized and approved by the International Union, United Mine Workers of 
America, shall be checked off the wages of the employees by the Employer 
covered by this contract and shall be remitted by the Employer to the 
properly designated officers of the Union for distribution to its various 
branches.  Such remittance shall be made within 30 days of the date such 
amount has been checked off.  The Employer shall also submit an itemized 
statement showing the name of each employee, his social security number, 
hours worked, and the amount checked off for dues, initiation fees, and 
assessments.  Such itemized statement shall be made within 60 days of the 
date the checkoff has been made, and shall include a list of employees from 
whom dues, initiation fees and assessments have not been collected.

     In order that this section may become effective and operate within the 
limitations of the Labor-Management Relations Act of 1947, the Union hereby 
agrees to furnish, with all reasonable dispatch to the respective Employer, 
and the Employer agrees to aid, assist and cooperate in obtaining, written 
authorizations from each employee so employed.  Upon the presentation to the 
Employer of such authorizations in such reasonable form as time and 
circumstances, looking to continuous and uninterrupted production, may allow, 
said Employer shall make deductions so authorized and deliver the same to the 
designated District Officer of the Union or to such authorized representative 
as may be designated by the Union.










                                     19 

<PAGE>

/s/  LARRY WARD              2-14-96 
- ------------------------------------ 
Larry Ward, President 
U.M.W.A. District Six 


/s/  VINCE LUCIDO         2-14-96 ** 
- ------------------------------------ 
Vince Lucido I.E B.
United Mine Workers of America 


/s/  GERALD K. REICHELT     3-2-96 * 
- ------------------------------------ 
Gerald K. Reichelt,
General Manager, IMCO Recycling


/s/  JAMES B. WALBURG         3-5-96 
- ------------------------------------ 
James B. Walburg
Vice President and Treasurer 


/s/  JAMES A. MADDEN                 
- ------------------------------------ 
James A. Madden 
Manager Human Resources 


/s/  DEBORAH J. VANDALL              
- ------------------------------------ 
Deborah J. Vandall 
Production Superintendent 

_______________
* Subject to the issue of whether employees are required to work the 
scheduled workday before and after a holiday to qualify, i.e., whether the 
first full paragraph in the 1992-95 contract, Article XXIII, p. 12, was 
omitted due to inadvertence or clerical error.

** BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT:

1) The Company will immediately make provisions to pay the retroactive pay 
increases for classified employees for all hours worked since December 1, 
1995.

2) That Management and the Local Union will immediately draft and post the 
overtime procedure required in Article XXIX.

3) That the Company and Local Union shall equally share the costs of printing 
the new contract.

4) The Company will immediately post for bid, according to Article VI, __, a 
shipping/ receiving (Dock) job whose primary duties are to operate the John 
Deere Loader.

5) That the Union maintains its position regarding the John Deere loader in 
any subsequent job bid.  The Company disagrees and the issue may be referred 
to a third party for resolution.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                  SCHEDULE A 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                    CURRENT  
       CLASSIFICATION                 RATE    12/01/95   12/01/96   12/01/97  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                <C>            <C>         <C>       <C>   
PAY GRADE ONE 
  Electrician                       $10.80       $11.30      $11.70    $12.10 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
PAY GRADE TWO 
  Maintenance Mechanic              $10.50       $11.00      $11.40    $11.80 
  Maintenance Mechanic, Rotating 
   Shift                             10.50        11.00       11.40     11.80 
  Maintenance Mechanic, Truck 
   Shop                              10.50        11.00       11.40     11.80 
  Baghouse Mechanic                  10.50        11.00       11.40     11.80 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
PAY GRADE THREE 
  Furnace Operator                  $ 9.85       $10.35      $10.75    $11.15 
  Shredder Operator                   9.85        10.35       10.75     11.15 
  De-Ox Operator                      9.85        10.35       10.75     11.15 
  Cruc. Truck Driver                  9.20        10.35       10.75     11.15 
  Dayshift CDL Truck Driver           9.20        10.35       10.75     11.15 
  Lubricator                          9.80        10.35       10.75     11.15 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
PAY GRADE FOUR 
  Furnace Equipment Operator        $ 9.20       $ 9.70      $10.10    $10.50 
  Shredder Equipment Operator         9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
  De-Ox Equipment Operator            9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
  Cruc. Cleaner                       9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
  Ship & Receiving Equipment 
   Operator (Dock & Bar Handlers)     9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
  Parts Runner                        9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
  Mud Room                            9.20         9.70       10.10     10.50 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Scheduled premium of $.15 per hour shall be paid for those employees working 
on rotating shifts.

Production lead persons will get $.60 per hour in addition to their regular 
hourly rate.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE>

                                      21 

<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE B 

     1.  Vacation Accrual: 

         After 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 week  
         After 2 years  . . . . . . . . . . . 2 weeks 
         After 10 years . . . . . . . . . . . 3 weeks 
         After 20 years . . . . . . . . . . . 4 weeks 




                                    22 



<PAGE>

                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

    This First Amendment to Loan Documents (this "AGREEMENT") is made and 
entered into as of May 31, 1995, by and between TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, with an office located at 2200 
Ross Avenue, Dallas, Texas 75201 ("LENDER") and IMCO RECYCLING INC., a 
Delaware corporation, with its principal business address located at 5215 
North O'Connor Blvd., Suite 940, Irving, Texas 75039 ("BORROWER").

                                  R E C I T A L S:

    A.  On September 20, 1994, Lender and Borrower entered into that certain 
Loan Agreement (the "LOAN AGREEMENT") pursuant to which Lender agreed to make 
loans and advances (collectively the "LOANS") to Borrower in accordance with 
the terms thereof. The Loans are evidenced by (i) a Revolving Promissory Note 
of even date with the Loan Agreement, in the stated principal amount of 
$5,000,000.00, bearing interest and being payable to the order of Lender as 
therein provided (as amended, the "REVOLVING NOTE"), (ii) a Term Promissory 
Note of even date with the Loan Agreement, in the stated principal amount of 
$5,000,000.00, bearing interest and being payable to Lender as therein 
provided (as amended, the "TERM NOTE") and (iii) a Converting Promissory Note 
of even date with the Loan Agreement, in the stated principal amount of 
$5,000,000 bearing interest and being payable to Lender as therein provided 
(as amended, the "CONVERTING NOTE") (the Revolving Note, the Term Note and 
the Converting Note are collectively, the "NOTES").  The Loan Agreement, the 
Notes and the documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection 
therewith are collectively referred to herein as the "Loan DOCUMENTS".

    B.  The total outstanding indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under each 
of the Revolving Note, the Term Note and the Converting Note as of May 24, 
1995 was $0, $4,500,000 and $0, respectively; and

    C.  Borrower has requested Lender to extend the term of certain of the 
Loan Documents, and Lender, as the legal and equitable owner and holder of 
the Loan Documents, at the request of Borrower, for good and valuable 
consideration, is willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and 
conditions set forth below:

                                 A G R E E M E N T:

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten and No/100 Dollars 
($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and 
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower and Lender hereby 
covenant and agree as follows:

                                         1

<PAGE>

    1.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have 
the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

    2.  SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the 
term "REVOLVING COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" in its entirety and inserting 
the following in lieu thereof.

    "'REVOLVING COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE' means the earlier of (i) May 31,
    1996, or (ii) any date on which the Revolving Commitment terminates 
    pursuant  to the terms hereof."

    3.  Each of PARAGRAPH 2 and PARAGRAPH 8 of the Revolving Note are hereby 
amended by deleting each reference therein to "May 31, 1995" and inserting 
"May 31, 1996" in lieu thereof.

    4.  Borrower hereby expressly promises to pay to the order of Lender, the 
principal sum of the Notes, as modified by this Agreement, and all accrued 
and unpaid interest now due and payable or hereafter to become due and 
payable under the Notes, and Borrower expressly promises to perform all of 
its obligations under the Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents, as 
modified by this Agreement.

    5.  Lender may elect, in its sole discretion, on behalf of and without 
notice to Borrower, to make and use Revolving Loans and/or Converting 
Revolving Loans to pay Lender for any amounts due to Lender pursuant to the 
Loan Documents, including without limitation any and all costs and expenses 
incurred by Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents and/or to cure any Default 
or Event of Default.

    6.  Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse Lender for Lender's costs and 
expenses, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and legal expenses, 
incurred by Lender in connection with (a) the preparation of this Agreement 
and the Loan Documents executed in connection herewith and in connection with 
the negotiation and consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby; and 
(b) the enforcement of the Loan Documents (including reasonable, actual 
attorneys fees if collected by or through an attorney) and all such expense 
incurred in the defense of legal proceedings involving any claim made against 
Lender arising out of the Loan Documents.  The obligations of Borrower 
hereunder shall survive the final payment of all Obligations of Borrower and 
the resulting termination of this Agreement.

    7.  All Loan Documents are hereby amended and modified in a manner 
consistent with the modifications contained herein.  All references to the 
Notes in the Loan Agreement and any other Loan Documents shall be deemed to 
be the Notes as modified hereby and all references to the Loan Agreement or 
any other Loan Documents in the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be the Loan 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as modified hereby.

   8.  Borrower hereby renews the Notes and the indebtedness evidenced 
thereby and promises to pay to the order of Lender the unpaid principal 
balance of the Notes and interest thereon as specified in the Loan Agreement 
and the Notes, as amended hereby.

                                       2

<PAGE>

    9.  Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) Lender is not in 
default in the performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents; (b) 
Borrower has no claims, counterclaims, offsets, credits or defenses to the 
Loan Documents and the performance of its obligations thereunder, or if 
Borrower has any such claims, counterclaims, offsets, credits or defenses to 
the Loan Documents or any transaction related to the Loans and/or the Loan 
Documents, same are hereby waived, relinquished and released in consideration 
of Lender's execution and delivery of this Agreement; (c) all of the 
provisions of the Loan Documents, except as amended hereby, are in full force 
and effect; (d) upon the execution hereof, the Loan Agreement, the Notes, and 
the other Loan Documents are not in default; and (e) no granting of a lien or 
security interest or assignment has been or will be executed affecting the 
assets of Borrower without Lender's prior written consent.

    10. Except as expressly modified and amended in this Agreement, all of 
the terms, provisions and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Notes, and 
all other Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect and 
are incorporated herein by reference.

    11. Borrower agrees and acknowledges that upon the maturity of the Loans 
as amended hereby, Lender shall have no obligation to renew, extend, modify 
or rearrange the Loans and shall have the right to require all amounts due 
and owing under the Loans to be paid in full upon the maturity thereof.

    12. Borrower acknowledges that the execution of this Agreement by Lender 
is not intended nor shall it be construed as (a) an actual or implied waiver 
of any default under the Loan Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan 
Documents or (b) an actual or implied waiver of any condition or obligation 
imposed upon Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Notes or any other 
Loan Documents, except to the extent expressly set forth herein.

    13. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by 
the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed 
and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken 
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

    14. The parties intend that Chapter 15 of Texas Consumer Credit Code 
(Tex. Civ. Stat.  Ann. art. 5069-15.01, ET SEQ.) not apply to the 
transactions covered by the Loan Documents.

    15. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE ENTIRE 
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND SUPERSEDE ALL PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND 
UNDERSTANDINGS, IF ANY, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.  THIS WRITTEN 
AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE 
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL 
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

                                    3

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to 
Loan Documents as of the day and year first above written.

                                 LENDER:

                                 TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                                 ASSOCIATION, a national banking association



                                 By: /s/ Joe Watford
                                     -----------------------------
                                 Name:  Joe Watford
                                 Title: Vice President



                                 BORROWER:

                                 IMCO RECYCLING INC.,
                                 a Delaware corporation



                                 By: /s/ Paul V. Dufour
                                     -----------------------------
                                 Name: Paul V. Dufour
                                 Title:  Executive Vice President


                                        4

<PAGE>

                     SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

    This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS (this "AMENDMENT"), dated AS OF 
NOVEMBER 3, 1995, is entered into by and between IMCO RECYCLING INC., a 
Delaware CORPORATION (the "BORROWER"), and TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION (the "LENDER").

    WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender entered into a loan agreement, dated 
as of September 20, 1994, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan 
Documents, dated as of May 31, 1995 (the "FIRST AMENDMENT") (said agreement, 
as amended by the First Amendment and by this Amendment, being the "LOAN 
AGREEMENT"; the terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein as 
therein defined), pursuant to which the Lender agreed to make loans and 
advances (collectively, the "LOAN") to the Borrower in accordance with the 
terms thereof,

    WHEREAS, the Loan is evidenced by that certain (i) Revolving Promissory 
Note, (ii) Term Promissory Note and (iii) Converting Promissory Note 
(collectively, the "ORIGINAL NOTES"), each dated as of September 20, 1994, 
each in the stated principal amount of $5,000,000, bearing interest and being 
payable to the order of the Lender as therein provided;

    WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of the Loan Agreement, the 
Borrower and the Lender entered into a Negative Pledge Agreement, dated as of 
September 20, 1994 (herein called the same);

    WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender wish to amend certain provisions of 
the Loan Agreement, the Original Notes and the Negative Pledge Agreement as 
set forth herein.

    NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

    SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

    (a) AMENDMENT TO THE DEFINITIONS OF "EBITDA", "MONY DOCUMENTS", 
"REVOLVING COMMITMENT", "REVOLVING COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" AND "TERM 
COMMITMENT" IN SECTION 1 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

        (1) Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of "EBITDA" 
    contained in SECTION I of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and 
    restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        "EBITDA means, for any period without duplication, the 
        total of the following for Borrower and its Subsidiaries 
        on a consolidated basis, calculated quarterly for the 
        most recently completed four (4) quarters: (i) net income 
        determined in accordance with GAAP; PLUS, to the extent 
        included in the calculation of net income, (ii) the sum 
        of (a) taxes paid or accrued; (b) interest expenses, net 
        of interest income, paid or accrued; (c) amortization and 
        depreciation; and (d) other 
        

                                    1

<PAGE>

        non-cash charges (excluding accruals for cash expenses 
        made in the ordinary course of business); LESS, to the 
        extent included in the calculation of net income, (iii) 
        the sum of (a) the earnings of any Person that Borrower 
        (or a Subsidiary of Borrower) has a minority ownership 
        interest in unless such earnings are irrevocably received 
        by Borrower (or such Subsidiary) in the form of a cash 
        dividend or cash distribution, (b) extraordinary or 
        non-recurring items other than extraordinary or 
        non-recurring "cash" losses, in each case for the four 
        fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date of 
        calculation and (c) the earnings derived, directly or 
        indirectly, from joint ventures between Borrower and any 
        Person whose income and/or losses are not consolidated 
        with those of Borrower for tax or other reporting 
        purposes."

        (2) Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of "MONY 
    Documents" contained in SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby 
    amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        "MONY Documents" means those certain Note Purchase 
        Agreements dated as of December 15, 1988 and on or about 
        November 15, 1995, respectively (as ended from time to 
        time) and any and all notes, instruments, contracts and 
        agreements executed in connection therewith, pursuant to 
        which Borrower (or a Subsidiary of Borrower) is indebted 
        to MONY in the aggregate principal amount of $38,000,000."

        (3) Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of 
    "Revolving Commitment" contained in SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement 
    is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the figure of $5,000,000 
    and substituting therefor the figure of "$10,000,000."
    
        "(4) Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of "Term 
    Commitment" contained in SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby 
    amended by deleting therefrom the figure of $5,000,000 and 
    substituting therefor the figure of "$4,000,000."

    (b) ADDITION OF THE DEFINITION OF "CURRENT MATURITIES" TO SECTION 1 OF 
THE LOAN AGREEMENT. Effective as of the date hereof, a new definition 
"Current Maturities" is hereby added to SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement as 
follows:

    "CURRENT MATURITIES means, at any date of determination, the sum of (i) 
current maturities of long term indebtedness of Borrower as at such date, in 
accordance with GAAP; (ii) accrued and unpaid taxes; and (iii) accrued and 
unpaid interest expense."

    (c)  DELETION OF THE DEFINITION OF "ACCELERATION DATE" TO SECTION 1 OF 
THE LOAN AGREEMENT. Effective as of the date hereof, the definition of 
"Acceleration Date" contained in SECTION 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby 
deleted in its entirety.

                                      2

<PAGE>

    (d)  DELETION OF SECTION 2.9(b) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of 
the date hereof, SECTION 2.9(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in 
its entirety.

    (e)  DELETION OF SECTION 2.9(c) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of 
the date hereof, SECTION 2.9(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in 
its entirety.

    (f)  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.13 TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of 
the date hereof, SECTION 2.13 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and 
restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        "2.13 USE OF PROCEEDS.  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the 
    Loan to fund capital projects, acquisitions and investments and to 
    finance the working capital needs of Borrower.  All loan proceeds 
    shall be used by Borrower only for legal and proper corporate 
    purposes which are consistent with all applicable laws and 
    statutes."

    (g)  ADDITION OF SECTION 2.16 TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of the 
date hereof, a new SECTION 2.16 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement as 
follows:

        "2.16. COMMITMENT FEE.  In consideration for Lender's 
    commitment to make the Revolving Loans available to Borrower, 
    Borrower agrees to pay to Lender a quarterly loan commitment fee in 
    an amount equal to three-sixteenths of one percent (.1875%) per 
    annum (calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days) of the 
    average daily amount of the unused portion of the Revolving 
    Commitment in excess of the first $5,000,000 available to be 
    advanced thereunder by Lender to Borrower for such quarter.  
    Borrower and Lender agree that (i) Borrower shall have no 
    obligation to pay to Lender a commitment fee on any unused portion 
    of the first $5,000,000 available to be advanced by Lender to 
    Borrower under the Revolving Commitment during any fiscal quarter, 
    and (ii) any advance under the Revolving Commitment will first be 
    applied to the first $5,000,000 available to be advanced that is 
    not subject to the commitment fee. Such loan commitment fee is due 
    and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each quarter, 
    commencing on December 31, 1995, during the term of this Agreement, 
    and upon the termination hereof."

    (h)  DELETION OF SECTION 5.1(l) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as 
of the date hereof, SECTION 5.1(l) of the Loan Agreement is hereby 
deleted in its entirety.

    (i)  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.2(a) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of 
the date hereof, SECTION 5.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and 
restated to read in its entirety as follows:

        "(a) DEBT. Create, incur or suffer to exist any direct, 
    indirect, fixed or contingent liability for any Debt, other than, 
    without duplication, and solely with respect to Borrower (i) the 
    Obligations, (ii) the obligations of Borrower to MONY under the 
    MONY Documents, (iii) additional secured Debt for borrowed money in 
    an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time to be 
    used solely for purchases by

                                     3

<PAGE>

    Borrower made in the ordinary course of business, (iv) unsecured 
    Debt, (v) Debt secured by Permitted Liens, (vi) secured 
    indebtedness to the Commonwealth of Kentucky, any municipality, 
    political subdivision, department, agency or instrumentality 
    thereof in a principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the 
    aggregate, and (vii) Debt incurred by VAW-IMCO Guss and Recycling 
    GmbH, a German limited liability company ("GMBH"); PROVIDED, 
    HOWEVER, that the lender of any such Debt shall not have any 
    contractual recourse against the Borrower or its Subsidiaries 
    (other than GmbH) if GmbH defaults in the payment of such Debt.  
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not permit any of its 
    Subsidiaries (other than GmbH) to create, incur or suffer to exist 
    any direct, indirect, fixed or contingent liability for any debt 
    for borrowed money. Nothing contained in this SECTION 5.2(a) shall 
    in any way affect Borrower's obligations under SECTION 5.2(g) or 
    (m) to maintain the financial covenants set forth therein.

    (j) AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.2(k) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of 
the date hereof, SECTION 5.2(k) to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and 
restated in its entirety as follows:

        "(k) NEW BUSINESSES.  Engage in any business other than 
     business related to nonferrous metal recovery."

    (k)  ADDITION OF SECTION 5.2(m) TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of the
date hereof, a new SECTION 5.2(m) to the Loan Agreement is hereby added to the 
Loan Agreement as follows:

        "(m) RATIO OF EBITDA TO CURRENT MATURITIES.  Permit the ratio 
    of (i) EBITDA to (ii) Current Maturities to be or become less than 
    1.2 to 1.0 at any time during the term hereof."
    
    (l)  RESTATEMENT OF CERTAIN SCHEDULES.  Effective as of the date hereof, 
Schedules 4.6, 4.9, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 to the Loan Agreement are 
amended and restated in their entirety in the form attached hereto.

    (m)  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.2(c) OF LOAN AGREEMENT.  Effective as of the 
date hereof, Section 5.2(c) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as 
follows: "Sponsor or contribute to, or create or suffer to exist any 
contractual or other obligation to contribute to, any Plan or Multiemployer 
Plan except such Plans or Multiemployer Plans as described on Schedule 4.9.

    (n)  AMENDMENT TO FIRST AMENDMENT.  Effective as of the date hereof, 
Section 5 of the First Amendment is hereby amended and restated in its entirety
as follows:

        "Upon the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, Lender 
    may elect, in its sole discretion, on behalf of and without notice 
    to Borrower, to make and use Revolving Loans and/or Converting 
    Revolving Loans to pay Lender for any amounts due to Lender 
    pursuant to the Loan Documents, including without limitation any 
    and all costs and 

                                      4

<PAGE>

    expenses incurred by Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents and/or
    to cure any Default or Event of Default."

    SECTION 2. AMENDMENTS TO NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT.

    (a)  AMENDMENT TO THE PREAMBLE OF THE NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT. Effective 
as of the date hereof, the preamble of the Negative Pledge Agreement is 
hereby amended by deleting therefrom the figure of "$15,000,000" and 
substituting therefor the figure of "$19,000,000."

    (b)  AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 4(iii) OF THE NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT. 
Effective as of the date hereof, the first sentence of SECTION 4(iii) is 
hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

        "The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, 
    the Loan Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Revolving 
    Promissory Note in the stated principal amount of $10,000,000, the 
    Amended and Restated Term Promissory Note in the stated principal 
    amount of $4,000,000, and the Amended and Restated Converting 
    Promissory Note in the stated principal amount of $5,000,000 
    (individually and collectively, the "NOTE"), each Note executed as 
    of November 3, 1995 and payable to the order of Lender evidencing 
    the Loan and the performance of the obligations hereunder and 
    thereunder have been duly authorized."
    
    SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  The effectiveness of this Amendment is 
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, unless 
specifically waived in writing by the Lender:

        (a) The Lender shall have received this Amendment, duly 
    executed by Borrower, and such additional documents, instruments 
    and information as the Lender or its legal counsel may request;
    
        (b)  The Lender shall have received the Amended and Restated 
    Revolving Promissory Note (the "AMENDED REVOLVING NOTE"), duly 
    executed by Borrower, and payable to the order of Lender in the 
    original principal amount of $10,000,000;
    
        (c) The Lender shall have received the Amended and Restated 
    Term Promissory Note (the "AMENDED TENDER NOTE"), duly executed by 
    Borrower, and payable to the order of Lender in the original 
    principal amount of $4,000,000;
    
        (d) The Lender shall have received the Amended and Restated 
    Converting Promissory Note (the "AMENDED CONVERTING NOTE"), duly 
    executed by Borrower, and payable to the order of Lender in the 
    original principal amount of $5,000,000;

                                     5

<PAGE>

        (e) The Lender shall have received a true, correct and complete 
    copy of presently effective resolutions of the Borrower's board of 
    directors, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of 
    this Amendment and any and all other Loan Documents executed and/or
    delivered in connection herewith, certified by the Secretary or an
    Assistant Secretary of the Borrower; and

        (f) Each of the representations and warranties contained herein 
    shall be true and correct on the date hereof.

    SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER.  The Borrower 
represents and warrants as follows:

        (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly 
    existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of 
    its incorporation.
    
        (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of 
    this Amendment, the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, the Notes, 
    as amended and restated in connection herewith, and the Loan 
    Documents are within the Borrower's corporate powers, have been 
    duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not 
    contravene the Borrower's charter or bylaws, or any law or 
    contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower, or 
    result in, or require, the creation of any lien, security interest 
    or other charge or encumbrance (other than in favor of the Lender) 
    on or upon or with respect to any of its properties.
    
         (c) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no 
    notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory 
    body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by 
    the Borrower of this Amendment or the Loan Agreement, as amended 
    hereby, the Notes, as amended and restated in connection herewith, 
    or any of the Loan Documents.
    
        (d) This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, 
    the Notes, as amended and restated in connection herewith, and the 
    Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, constitute legal, 
    valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against 
    the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms (except as 
    enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy reorganization, 
    insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of 
    creditors' rights generally).

        (e) There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding 
    affecting the Borrower or any of its affiliates before any court, 
    governmental agency or arbitrator, which may result in a Material 
    Adverse Effect.
    
        (f) The representations and warranties contained in SECTION 4 
    of the Loan Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date of 
    this Amendment.

                                       6

<PAGE>

        (g) No event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes 
    an Event of Default or would constitute an Event of Default but for 
    the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

        (h) There has been no material adverse change in the condition, 
    financial or otherwise, or operations of the Borrower since June 30,
    1995, nor has there otherwise occurred a Material Adverse Effect.
    
        (i) There has been no material adverse change with respect to 
    any document, instrument or other information supplied by the 
    Borrower to the Lender prior to the date hereof.
    
        (j)  Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has 
    no claims, counterclaims, offsets, credits or defenses to the Loan 
    Documents and the performance of its obligations thereunder, or if 
    Borrower has any such claims, counterclaims, offsets, credits or 
    defenses to the Loan Documents or any transaction related to the 
    Loans and/or the Loan Documents, same are hereby waived, 
    relinquished and released in consideration of Lender's execution 
    and delivery of this Agreement.
    
    SECTION 5. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

    (a) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date hereof,
each reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", 
"hereof', "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to 
the Loan Agreement as amended hereby, and each reference in the other Loan 
Documents to the Loan Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Loan 
Agreement, as amended hereby.

    (b) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date 
hereof, each reference in the Loan Documents to (i) "Revolving Note" shall 
mean and be a reference to Amended Revolving Note, (ii) "Term Note" shall 
mean and be a reference to Amended Term Note, (iii) "Converting Revolving 
Note" shall mean and be a reference to Amended Converting Note, and (iv) 
"Notes" shall collectively mean and be a reference to the Amended Revolving 
Note, the Amended Term Note and the Amended Converting Note.


    (c) Except as specifically amended above, the Loan Agreement and the 
other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby 
ratified and confirmed.

    (d) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall 
not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, 
power or remedy of the Lender under the Loan Agreement or the other Loan 
Documents nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any thereof.

                                   7

<PAGE>

     SECTION 6. COSTS, FEES AND EXPENSES. The Borrower agrees to pay on 
demand all costs and expenses of the Lender in connection with the 
preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other 
instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder including, without 
limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel (who 
may be in-house counsel) for the Lender with respect thereto and with respect 
to advising the Lender as to its rights and responsibilities hereunder and 
thereunder.

    SECTION 7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in 
any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered 
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

    SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas.

    SECTION 9. FINAL AGREEMENT.  THE LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN 
DOCUMENTS, EACH AS AMENDED HEREBY, REPRESENT THE ENTIRE EXPRESSION OF THE 
PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF ON THE DATE THIS AMENDMENT 
IS EXECUTED.  THE LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS AMENDED 
HEREBY, MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR 
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL 
AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.  NO MODIFICATION, RESCISSION, WAIVER, RELEASE 
OR AMENDMENT OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE MADE, EXCEPT BY A 
WRITTEN AGREEMENT SIGNED BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.



                                           TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
                                              NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                      By: /s/ Bill Stroope
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Bill Stroope, Senior Vice President



                                      IMCO RECYCLING INC.

                                      By: /s/ James B. Walburg
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          James B. Walburg
                                          Vice President and Treasurer

                                   8


<PAGE>

============================================================================


                               IMCO RECYCLING INC.


                                    ----------


                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                          Dated As of November 29, 1995


                                    ----------


Unsecured Promissory Notes Due October 31, 2007


============================================================================

<PAGE>

 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS*
          SECTION                                                  PAGE
          -------                                                  ----
          1.           ISSUE OF NOTES............................    1
          1.1          Authorization.............................    1
          1.2          Purchase and Sale of Notes; Closings......    2
          1.3          Use of Proceeds...........................    3
          1.4          Notes Not Secured.........................    3

          2.           PREPAYMENTS...............................    4

          2.1          Optional Prepayments......................    4
          2.2          Mandatory Prepayments.....................    5
          2.3          Other Prepayments Prohibited..............    5
          2.4          Allocation of Prepayments.................    5
          2.5          Surrender of Notes on Prepayment..........    5
          2.6          Interest After Date Fixed for
                         Prepayment..............................    6

          3.           REGISTRATION, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE AND
                         REPLACEMENT OF NOTES....................    6

          3.1          Registration of Registered Notes;
                         Ownership of Notes......................    6
          3.2          Replacement...............................    7
          3.3          Delivery Expenses.........................    7
          3.4          Method and Place of Payment of Principal,
                         Premium and Interest....................    7

          4.           GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....    8

          4.1          Condition - Financial and otherwise.......    8
                           (a) Business; Financial Statements....    8
                           (b) NO Material Change................    9
          4.2          Capital Stock.............................    9
          4.3          Due Corporate Organization and Authority..    9
          4.4          Title to Properties.......................   10
          4.5          Patents, Trademarks, Licenses and 
                         Permits.................................   11

          * This Table of Contents is not part of the Note Purchase
            Agreement.

                                 i
<PAGE>

          SECTION                                                  PAGE
          -------                                                  ----
          4.6         Taxes ....................................    11
          4.7         Pending Litigation .......................    11
          4.8         Compliance with Contractual Obligations
                        and Requirements of Law ................    12
          4.9         Environmental Matters ....................    12
          4.10        Insurance ................................    13
          4.11        Full Disclosure ..........................    14
          4.12        Status under Federal Laws 
                        and Regulations ........................    14
          4.13        Compliance with ERISA.....................    15
          4.14        Descriptive Materials.....................    17
          4.15        Investment Company Act....................    17
          4.16        Subsidiaries..............................    17
          4.17        Insolvency................................    18

          5.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO
                        SECURITIES ACT AND SOURCES OF FUNDS18

          5.1         By the Purchaser..........................    18
          5.2         By the Company............................    18
          5.3         Source of Funds...........................    18

          6.          CLOSING CONDITIONS OF THE PURCHASER.......    19

          6.1         Opinion of Company Counsel................    19
          6.2         Opinion of Special Counsel................    21
          6.3         Representations True......................    22
          6.4         No Event of Default.......................    23
          6.5         Officers' Certificate.....................    23
          6.6         Legality of Investment....................    23
          6.7         Proceedings, Instruments, etc. ...........    23
          6.8         Private Placement Number..................    24

          7.          BUSINESS COVENANTS........................    24

          7.1         Payment of Notes and Maintenance of
                        Offices.................................    24
          7.2         Payment of Taxes, Claims and 
                        Indebtedness............................    24
          7.3         Maintenance of Properties and Corporate
                        Existence...............................    25
          7.4         Limitation on Indebtedness................    27
          7.5         Limitation on Liabilities for Obligations
                        of Others...............................    30
          7.6         Limitation on Liens.......................    30
          7.7         Limitation on Restricted Payments
                        and Restricted Investments..............    33

                                      ii

<PAGE>

          SECTION                                                  PAGE
          -------                                                  ----
          7.8        Maintenance of Current Assets, Consolidated
                       Working Capital, Net Worth and
                       Fixed Charge Coverage....................    34
          7.9        Limitation on Leases.......................    34
          7.10       Merger or Consolidation or Transfer
                       of Assets................................    35
          7.11       Issue or Disposition of Securities.........    36
          7.12       Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.    38
          7.13       Limitation on Investments..................    38
          7.14       Tax Consolidation..........................    40
          7.15       Auditors...................................    40
          7.16       Acquisition of Notes.......................    41
          7.17       Limitation on Prior Claims.................    41
          7.18       Sale or Discount of Receivables............    41
          7.19       ERISA......................................    41
          7.20       Foreign Pension Liability..................    43
          7.21       Speculation in Commodities and
                       Inventory Levels.........................    43
          7.22       Environmental Covenants....................    43
          7.23       Pari Passu.................................    44

          8.         REPORTS, ETC. .............................    44

          8.1        Financial Statements and Other Reports.....    44
          8.2        Officers' Certificates.....................    48
          8.3        Accountants' Certificate...................    48
          8.4        Inspection.................................    48

          9.         EVENTS OF DEFAULT..........................    49

          9.1        Nature of Events...........................    49
          9.2        Default Remedies...........................    53
          9.3        Notice of Default..........................    54

          10.        INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT AND NOTES......    55

          10.1       Definitions................................    55
          10.2       Accounting Terms...........................    75
          10.3       New York Law...............................    75
          10.4       Headings...................................    75

          11.        MISCELLANEOUS..............................    75

          11.1       Communications.............................    75
          11.2       Amendment and Waiver.......................    76

                                    iii
<PAGE>

          SECTION                                                  PAGE
          -------                                                  ----
          11.3       Expenses...................................    77
          11.4       Counterparts...............................    78
          11.5       Survival of Warranties and 
                       Representations..........................    78
          11.6       Successors and Assigns.....................    78
          11.7       Severability...............................    78

                     Signatures.................................    79

                     Schedule I -- Purchaser's Addresses for
                       Payment and Other Communications

                     Exhibit A --  Form of Note
                     Exhibit B --  Description of the Company
                     Exhibit C --  Form of Report to Management

                                 iv

<PAGE>

                               IMCO RECYCLING INC.


                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                     $30,000,000 Unsecured Promissory Notes
                              Due October 31, 2007


                             As of November 29, 1995


To the Purchaser Listed on Schedule I 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

          IMCO RECYCLING INC., a Delaware corporation (herein called the 
"Company"), hereby agrees with you (herein referred to as the 'Purchaser') as 
follows:

SECTION 1. ISSUE OF NOTES.

          Section 1.1. AUTHORIZATION. (a) The Company has duly authorized the 
issuance and sale, on the terms hereinafter provided and on the date hereof, 
of $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Unsecured Promissory Notes 
due October 31, 2007 (herein collectively called the "Twelve Year Notes' and 
individually called a "Twelve Year Note").  Each Twelve Year Note will be in 
registered form and in a denomination of $50,000 or any larger integral 
multiple of $1,000, will mature on October 31, 2007, will be substantially in 
the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement, appropriately completed, 
and will bear interest on the unpaid portion of the principal amount thereof, 
payable in semiannual installments on April 30 and October 31 in each year 
beginning with the April 30 next following the date thereof, at the rate of 
7.28% per annum, from the date of the Note until such unpaid portion of such 
principal amount shall have become due and payable (whether at maturity, by 
acceleration or otherwise).

          (b)   The Company has duly authorized'-the issuance and sale, on 
the terms hereinafter provided, of $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 
its Unsecured Promissory Notes due October 31, 2007 (herein collectively 
called the "Eleven and One-Half Year Notes" and individually called an 
'Eleven and One-Half Year Note").  Each Eleven and One-Half Year Note will be 
in registered form and in a denomination of $50,000 or any larger integral 
multiple of $1,000, will


<PAGE>

mature on October 31, 2007, will be substantially in the form set forth in 
Exhibit A to this Agreement, appropriately completed, and will bear interest 
on the unpaid portion of the principal amount thereof, payable in semiannual 
installments on April 30 and October 31 in each year beginning with the first 
such date next following the date thereof, at the rate per annum equal to the 
sum of (i) 1.15% per annum plus (ii) the yield at 10:00 a.m., New York City 
time, on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant 10-year 
maturity determined by reference to the display designated as "Page 678" on 
the Telerate Access Service (or such other display as may replace Page 678 on 
the Telerate Access Service) determined on a date which is no more than five 
Business Days prior to the Second Closing Date, from the date of the Note 
until such unpaid portion of such principal amount shall have become due and 
payable (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise).

          (c)      The Twelve Year Notes and Eleven and One-Half Year Notes 
are sometimes herein collectively called the "Notes" and individually called 
a "Note".

          (d)      Each Note will bear interest on any overdue portion of the 
principal amount thereof and premium, if any, thereon at a rate equal to 2% 
per annum above the then prevailing interest rate per annum thereon until 
paid, and will bear interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on 
any overdue installment of interest thereon at a rate equal to 2% per annum 
above the then-prevailing interest rate per annum thereon.

          Section 1.2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES; CLOSINGS.  Subject to the 
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby agrees to sell to 
you, and, in reliance on representations, warranties and agreements of the 
Company herein contained, you agree to purchase from the Company, Notes in 
the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite your name in Schedule I 
hereto at the purchase price of 100% of each such principal amount.  The 
aggregate loan made under this Agreement will be advanced by you as set forth 
in Schedule I on a date not later than November 30, 1995 (the "First Closing 
Date") and a date, to be mutually agreed between you and the Company, on or 
before April 30, 1996 (the "Second Closing Date") (each such date a "Closing 
Date").

          Execution and delivery of the Notes shall take place at the offices 
of Seward & Kissel, New York, New York,

                                       2

<PAGE>

at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each Closing Date, by the delivery by the 
Company to you (x) on the First Closing Date, of a single Twelve Year Note 
and (y) on the Second Closing Date, of a single Eleven and One-Half Year Note 
(or, if you shall have so requested in writing prior to such Closing Date, 
multiple Notes in denominations authorized by Section 1.1), in each case 
dated such Closing Date, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the 
principal amount of the relevant Notes to be purchased by you on such Closing 
Date as set forth in Schedule I. Each Note shall be registered in the name of 
the Purchaser or in such other name or names as the Purchaser may have 
designated in writing to the Company prior to such Closing Date.

          The purchase price of Notes to be purchased by you on each Closing 
Date shall be paid by you by wire transferring funds to IMCO Recycling Inc., 
c/o Texas Commerce Bank National Association, Dallas, Texas, ABA 113000609, 
Account No. 08500216028.

          Section 1.3. USE OF PROCEEDS. (a) The Company shall use the 
proceeds of the sale of the Notes to fund capital projects, acquisitions and 
investments in 1995 and 1996.

          Section 1.4. NOTES NOT SECURED.  Any provision herein, or in any 
other document executed or delivered in connection herewith, or in any other 
agreement or commitment, whether written or oral, expressed or implied, to 
the contrary notwithstanding, the Notes shall be unsecured and are 
specifically not secured by the Mortgages or the Mortgaged Properties, 
including, but not limited to the following: (i) Mortgage, Security 
Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Financing Statement dated October 31, 
1986, from International Metal Co. to MONY Pension Insurance Corporation, 
MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Legacy Life Insurance 
Company, filed October 31, 1986 at 2:20 P.M. and recorded in Book 212, Pages 
926 through 950 of the Real Property Records of Creek County, Oklahoma; (ii) 
Deed of Trust executed by International Metal Co. to Robert L. Badger, 
Trustee, dated October 31, 1986, recorded October 31, 1986 at 3:00 P.M. and 
recorded in Trust Book 413, page 334, Register's Office for Roane County, 
Tennessee, in favor of MONY Pension Insurance Corporation; MONY Life 
Insurance Company of America; and MONY Legacy Life Insurance Company, as 
their interests may appear; (iii) Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and 
Security Agreement executed by IMCO Recycling Inc., a Delaware corporation, 
to Joseph B. Pitt, Jr., Trustee, dated December 15, 1988 and

                                        3

<PAGE>

recorded December 28, 1988 at 4:15 P.M. in Trust Book 441, Page 237 
Register's Office for Roane County, Tennessee, in favor of The Mutual Life 
Insurance Company of New York and MONY Life Insurance Company of America; 
(iv) Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Financing 
Statement dated December 15, 1988 from IMCO Recycling Inc. to The Mutual Life 
Insurance Company of New York and MONY Life Insurance Company of America, as 
co-mortgagees, filed for record in the office of the County Clerk of Creek 
County, Oklahoma, December 28, 1988 at 3:45 P.M. and recorded in Book 243, 
Pages 1016 thru 1048 inclusive; or (v) Mortgage, Security Agreement, 
Assignment of Rents and Financing Statement from IMCO Recycling Inc. to The 
Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York and MONY Life Insurance Company of 
America, and MONY Legacy Life Insurance Company, dated December 15, 1988 and 
recorded December 24, 1988 at 3:25 P.M. of record in Book 65, Page 540 of the 
Office of the Clerk of the County Court of Butler County, Kentucky.

SECTION 2. PREPAYMENTS.

          Section 2.1. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. (a) Upon notice given as 
provided in Section 2.1(b) and otherwise as provided in Section 2.4 the 
Company shall have the right to prepay the Notes in whole at any time, or in 
part in multiples of $100,000 from time to time.  Each prepayment pursuant to 
this 52.1(a) shall be at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes so to be 
prepaid, plus accrued interest thereon to the date fixed for such prepayment, 
plus a premium equal to the applicable Make-Whole Amount on the date of such 
prepayment.

          (b)      NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT AND OTHER NOTICES.  The Company shall 
give written notice of prepayment of any Note or any portion thereof pursuant 
to Section 2.1(a), not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date 
fixed for such prepayment in such notice, which notice shall specify the 
amount so to be prepaid and the date fixed for such prepayment.  Such notice 
of prepayment and all other notices to be given to any holder of any Note 
shall be given by registered or certified mail to the registered holder 
thereof at its address designated on the register maintained by the Company 
on the date fixed for such notice of prepayment or other notice.  Upon notice 
of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.1(a) being given as provided in this 
Section 2.1(b), the Company covenants and agrees that it will prepay on the 
date therein fixed for prepayment the principal amount of Notes so to be 
prepaid as specified in such notice at the principal amount thereof, together 
with interest accrued

                                        4

<PAGE>

thereon to such date fixed for prepayment, plus the applicable premium.  The 
principal amount of all Notes so to be prepaid as specified in such notice at 
the principal amount thereof, together with accrued interest thereon to such 
date plus the applicable premium shall be due and payable on the date 
specified in such notice.  The applicable premium shall be computed on the 
second Business Day Prior to the applicable prepayment date, and notice of 
such amount together with the calculation thereof shall be promptly given to 
the Company.  Any such computation of premium shall be conclusive and binding 
on the Company absent manifest error.

          Section 2.2 MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.  The Company covenants and 
agrees that on October 31, 2003 and on each October 31 thereafter, to and 
including October 31, 2006, it will prepay $6,000,000 aggregate principal 
amount of the Notes.  Each such prepayment shall be made at 100% of the 
principal amount so to be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to 
the date fixed for such prepayment, without premium, and otherwise as 
provided in Section 2.4.

          Section 2.3. Other PREPAYMENTS PROHIBITED.  Except as provided in 
Section 2.1 and Section 2.2, the principal of the Notes shall not be subject 
to prepayment in whole or in part at any time.

          Section 2.4. ALLOCATION OF PREPAYMENTS.  In the event of any 
prepayment of less than all of the outstanding Notes, the Company will 
allocate the principal amount so to be prepaid (but only in units of $1,000) 
among the holders of Notes in proportion, as nearly as may be, to the 
respective principal amounts of such Notes, not theretofore called for 
prepayment, of which they shall be holders.

          Section 2.5. SURRENDER OF NOTES ON PREPAYMENT.  Subject to Section 
3.4, upon any partial prepayment of a Note, such Note shall, at the option of 
the holder thereof, be either (a) surrendered to the Company pursuant to 
Section 3.1(b) in exchange for a new Note in a principal amount equal to the 
principal amount remaining unpaid on the surrendered Note, or (b) made 
available to the Company for notation thereon of the portion of the principal 
so prepaid.  In case the entire principal amount of any Note is prepaid, such 
Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation and shall not be 
reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of the prepaid principal amount 
of any Note.

                                        5

<PAGE>

          Section 2.6. INTEREST AFTER DATE FIXED FOR PREPAYMENT.  Each Note, 
or the portion hereof called for prepayment as herein provided, shall cease 
to bear interest on and after the date fixed for such prepayment, unless, 
upon presentation for such purpose, the Company shall fail to pay each such 
Note or such portion, as the case may be, in which event each such Note or 
such portion, as the case may be, shall bear interest thereafter and until 
paid at a rate equal to 2% per annum above the then-prevailing interest rate 
per annum thereon until paid and, so far as may be lawful, any overdue 
installment of interest shall bear interest at a rate equal to 2% per annum 
above the then prevailing interest rate per annum thereon until paid.

          SECTION 3. REGISTRATION, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE AND 
                     REPLACEMENT OF NOTES.

          Section 3.1. REGISTRATION OF REGISTERED NOTES; OWNERSHIP OF NOTES. 
(a) The Company will keep at its office maintained pursuant to Section 7.1 a 
register for the registration of registered Notes and transfers thereof.  The 
names and addresses of the holders of Notes in registered form, the transfer 
thereof and the names and addresses of the transferees of such Notes shall be 
registered in the register.  No transfer of any such Note shall be registered 
unless such Note is duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of 
transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by 
the registered holder or by his duly authorized attorney, and unless such 
transfer is made on the aforesaid register.  Subject to 53.4, the Company may 
treat the Person in whose name any registered Note is registered as the 
holder of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and 
premium, if any) and interest on such Note and for all other purposes 
whatsoever, whether or not such Note shall be overdue.

          (b)      Upon surrender of any Note or Notes at its office 
maintained pursuant to Section 7.1, the Company shall execute and, in 
exchange therefor and upon cancellation thereof, shall deliver, at the 
Company's expense (except as provided below), a new Note or Notes in such 
denominations of $50,000 or any larger integral multiple of $1,000 as may be 
requested and in the same aggregate principal amount as, and dated as of the 
interest payment date to which interest has been paid on, or, if no interest 
has yet been so paid, then dated the date of, the Note or Notes so 
surrendered.  Such new Note shall, as a registered Note, be made payable

                                        6
<PAGE>

to such Person as such holder or transferee may request. The Company may 
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or Governmental 
charge imposed in respect of any transfer.

          Section 3.2. REPLACEMENT.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence 
reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation 
of any Note and (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt 
by the Company of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (except 
that if the holder of such Note is an insurance company or other financial 
institution of recognized financial responsibility, the holder's own 
agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or (b) in the 
case of mutilation, upon surrender to the Company of such mutilated Note and 
cancellation thereof, the Company at its expense will execute and deliver in 
lieu thereof a new Note of like tenor, executed by the Company and in the 
same unpaid principal amount as the Note being replaced and dated as of the 
date to which interest has been paid on such Note, or, if no interest has yet 
been so paid, then dated the date of such Note.

          Section 3.3.  DELIVERY EXPENSES.  If any Note shall be presented to 
the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will pay the cost of 
delivering to or from the holder's home office from or to the Company, 
insured to the holder's satisfaction, the Note so presented and any Note 
issued in substitution or replacement for the Note so presented.

          Section 3.4. METHOD AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND 
INTEREST.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement or 
the Notes, the Company will punctually pay all amounts payable with respect 
to any Notes held by you, your nominee or any other holder or its nominee 
(without any presentment thereof and without any notation of such payment 
being made thereon) (a) to the address and in the manner specified in 
Schedule I or in such other manner as may be agreed to in writing by you or 
such holder and the Company or (b) if no other manner of payment has been 
agreed to pursuant to clause (a), by check drawn upon New York Clearing House 
or other funds of comparable availability duly mailed and addressed to the 
address specified with respect to you or such holder pursuant to Section 
11.1. If you or any other holder sells or transfers any Note, you or such 
holder, as the case may be, will notify the Company of the name and address 
of the transferee, on which the Company may

                                       7

<PAGE>

rely, and will, prior to the delivery of such Note, make a notation on such 
Note of the date to which interest has been paid thereon and of the amount of 
any prepayments made on account of the principal thereof.

SECTION 4. GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          The Company hereby represents and warrants as follows:

          Section 4.1. CONDITION -- FINANCIAL AND OTHERWISE.

          (a)   BUSINESS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Exhibit B to this Agreement 
correctly describes in all material respects the business operations and 
principal properties of the Company and each Subsidiary.

          (ii) The Company has heretofore delivered to you (A) the audited 
consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 1990, December 31, 1991, December 31, 1992, December 31, 1993 
and December 31, 1994, and the related statements of earnings, changes in 
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on those 
dates, together with reports thereon by Ernst & Young LLP, certified public 
accountants, and (B) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company 
and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and June 30, 1995, and the related 
statements of earnings and cash flows for the fiscal period ended on March 31,
1995 and June 30, 1995, respectively, together with reports thereon by 
Ernst & Young LLP, certified public accountants.  All of said financial 
statements, including in each case the related schedules and notes, are true, 
complete (in the case of year-end financial statements) and correct in all 
material respects, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles consistently applied and present fairly the financial 
position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates of 
said balance sheets and the results of their operations for the respective 
periods covered thereby, subject (in the case of interim statements) to 
period-end audit adjustments.

          (iii)  The Company does not know of any fact relating to its 
business and the business of each Subsidiary (other than matters of a general 
economic nature) which the Company has not disclosed in Exhibit B to this 
Agreement, or in the financial statements referred to in this Section 4.1(a) 
which individually or in the aggregate materially and adversely

                                        8

<PAGE>

affects or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the
business, operations, properties or prospects, or the condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or
the ability of the Company to perform this Agreement or of the Company to pay
when due, in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Agreement, the
principal of, and premium, if any, .and interest on the Notes.

          (b)  NO MATERIAL CHANGE.  Except as disclosed in the financial  
statements and reports referred to in Section 4.1(a), in Exhibit B,  or in 
documents delivered pursuant hereto, since December 31, 1994 there have been 
no changes in the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its 
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole which, individually or in the 
aggregate, have been materially adverse, nor any changes in such condition 
occurring otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.

          Section 4.2. CAPITAL STOCK.  At the close of business on the 
Business Day immediately preceding the First Closing Date and after giving 
effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the authorized 
stock of the Company consists of: 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.10 par 
value, of which 11,964,911 shares are issued and outstanding; and 8,000,000 
shares of Preferred Stock, $.10 par value, of which no shares are issued and 
outstanding.

          Section 4.3.   DUE CORPORATE ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORITY.  The 
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is a corporation or other business 
entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws 
of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite 
power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to own, or hold under lease, its 
properties and assets, to operate its properties and assets and to conduct 
its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and 
has in full force and effect all necessary franchises, licenses, permits, 
consents or approvals from or by, and has made all necessary filings with, 
every Government having jurisdiction and required for such ownership, 
operation and conduct of its business, except for those approvals set forth 
in Exhibit B or except where the failure to have in effect such items or the 
failure to make such filings would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) in 
the case of the Company only, has all requisite corporate power and authority 
to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver 
the

                                        9

<PAGE>

Notes to the Purchaser and (d) has duly qualified and is authorized to 
transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other 
entity in each jurisdiction wherein the character of the properties or assets 
owned or held under lease by it or the nature of the business transacted by 
it makes such qualification necessary, except where such failure to qualify 
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.4. TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  The Company and each Restricted 
Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title to all of its properties purported 
to be owned by it, including all property reflected in the most recent 
audited balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries referred 
to in Section 4.1(a) (except property sold or otherwise disposed of in the 
ordinary course of business since the date thereof), free from any Liens 
other than those permitted by Section 7.6. None of the assets or property the 
value of which is reflected in said most recent balance sheet of the Company 
and its Restricted Subsidiaries is held by the Company or any Restricted 
Subsidiary as lessee, conditional vendee or under any other title retention 
agreement, except as set forth in said balance sheet or the notes relating 
thereto or as otherwise disclosed pursuant hereto.  Other than Uniform 
Commercial Code financing statements disclosed to you on Exhibit B, no 
financing or continuation statement which names the Company or any Restricted 
Subsidiary as debtor has been filed with respect to property of the Company 
or any Restricted Subsidiary under the Uniform Commercial Code in any United 
States jurisdiction and neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has 
agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a 
contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter 
acquired, to be subject to a Lien, except in each case as permitted by 
Section 7.6. Each real estate lease to which the Company or any Restricted 
Subsidiary is a party as lessee is not in default unless such default would 
not have a Material Adverse Effect, and is valid, binding and enforceable by 
the lessee in all material respects in accordance with its terms and entitles 
the lessee to undisturbed possession of the real estate covered thereby 
during the full term thereof, except as such enforceability and undisturbed 
possession may be affected by condemnation or other acts of Governmental 
bodies or by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the 
enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

                                       10

<PAGE>

          Section 4.5. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, LICENSES AND PERMITS.  The 
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary owns or possesses all patents, 
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, permits, 
franchises and other Governmental and private authorizations, or rights with 
respect to the foregoing, necessary or advisable for the present and 
currently proposed future conduct of its business (except for the permits set 
forth on Exhibit B), without any known conflict with the rights of others, 
except where the failure to so own or possess any of the above would not have 
a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.6. TAXES. (a) All tax returns required to be filed by the 
Company and each Subsidiary in any jurisdiction have been filed, and all 
taxes, assessments, fees and other Governmental charges or levies imposed 
upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon any of their properties, assets, 
income, profits or franchises, which are due and payable, have been paid, 
except those which are due and payable but not yet delinquent.  Except as 
disclosed in Exhibit B, the Company does not know of any proposed additional 
tax assessment against it or any Subsidiary or any basis for one.  The 
federal income tax liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries has been 
finally determined by the Internal Revenue Service for all fiscal years up to 
and including the year ended December 31, 1989, and there are no waivers or 
agreements by the Company or its Subsidiaries for the extension of time for 
the assessment of any tax.

          (b)   The provisions for taxes on the books of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries are adequate in all material respects for all open years and for 
its current fiscal period.  The amount of the reserves for income taxes 
reflected in the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 4.1(a) is an adequate 
provision for such income taxes as may be payable by the Company and its 
Subsidiaries.

          Section 4.7. PENDING LITIGATION.  Except as set forth on Exhibit B, 
there are no actions, suits, proceedings, inquiries or investigations 
pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or directly 
affecting the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of 
the Company, any basis therefor, in any court or before any arbitrator or 
Government which, if adversely determined against the Company or any 
Restricted Subsidiary, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                     11

<PAGE>


          Section 4.8. COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND 
REQUIREMENTS OF Law. (a) Except where such breach, default or violation would 
not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Restricted 
Subsidiary:

                    (i) is not in default in the performance, 
          observance or fulfillment of any Contractual Obligation, 
          and no event has occurred which constitutes, or but for 
          any requirement of notice or lapse of time, or both, 
          would constitute, an event of default by the Company or 
          such Subsidiary under any Contractual Obligation; or

                   (ii) is not in breach or violation of, or in default 
          under, any Requirement of Law.

          (b)   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the 
      Notes, nor the consummation of the transactions herein or therein 
      contemplated, nor compliance with the terms, conditions and 
      provisions hereof or thereof, by the Company:
      
                   (i) will conflict with, or result in a breach or 
          violation of, or constitute a default under, any 
          Requirement of Law on the part of the Company or any 
          Restricted Subsidiary or will conflict with, or result in 
          a breach or violation of, or constitute a default in the 
          performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, 
          covenant or condition contained in, or constitute, or but 
          for any requirement of notice or lapse of time, or both, 
          would constitute an event of default by the Company or 
          any Restricted Subsidiary under, any Contractual 
          Obligation;
          
                   (ii) will result in the creation or imposition 
          of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the 
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
          
                   (iii) will require any filing with or approval 
          by any Government other than informational filings which 
          may be made, subsequent to each Closing Date, with 
          respect to this Agreement.
          
                                       12

<PAGE>

          (c)      Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is a 
      party to any Contractual Obligation or subject to any Requirement 
      of Law which has a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company 
      nor any Restricted Subsidiary is a party to any Contractual 
      Obligation which restricts its right or ability to incur Current 
      Liabilities or Funded Indebtedness other than:

            (i)     this Agreement;
          
           (ii)     the 1988 Note Purchase Agreement; and
          
          (iii)     the Bank Loan Agreement.
          
         Section 4.9. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Neither the Company nor any 
Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any 
claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective real properties 
now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, 
alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental 
Laws, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to 
result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in Exhibit B,

          (a)      neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of 
any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation 
of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring 
on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or 
operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each 
case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material 
Adverse Effect;

          (b)      neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has stored
any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or
operated by any of them, except in compliance in all material.-respects with
applicable laws, regulations and permits, and has not disposed of any Hazardous
Materials in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any
manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect; and

          (c)  all buildings on all real properties now owned, leased  or 
operated by the Company or any of its

                                     13

<PAGE>

Subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except 
where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a 
Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.10. INSURANCE.  All of the properties, assets and 
operations of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of a character 
usually insured by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or a 
similar business similarly situated are adequately insured, by financially 
sound and reputable insurers, against loss or damage of the kinds and in 
amounts customarily insured against by such Persons, and the Company and each 
Restricted Subsidiary carries, with such insurers in customary amounts, such 
other insurance, including without limitation public and product liability 
insurance and workers compensation insurance (except that the Company and 
each Restricted Subsidiary may self-insure workers compensation liability to 
the extent permitted by applicable state law), as is usually carried by 
Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or a similar business 
similarly situated.

          Section 4.11. FULL DISCLOSURE.  Neither the financial statements 
referred to in Section 4.1(a), any report referred to in Section 4.1(a), this 
Agreement, or any certificate or written statement furnished by or on behalf 
of the Company to you in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement 
and the sale to you of the Notes contains any untrue statement of a material 
fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
contained therein or herein not misleading.  There is no fact which the 
Company has not disclosed to you in writing prior to the date of this 
Agreement which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.12. STATUS UNDER FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS. (a) 
Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, nor any 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor the Company nor any 
Restricted Subsidiary is in violation of, or is, controls or is acting on 
behalf of, for the benefit of, or pursuant to the direction of, any person 
with whom any transaction is prohibited by the Trading with the Enemy Act of 
1917, as amended, or any order, regulation or other Governmental action 
issued or taken pursuant thereto, including Executive Order 9193, as amended, 
of the President of the United States issued pursuant to such Act and the 
following regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., 
Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended): the Transaction Control Regulations, the 
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, the

                                       14 

<PAGE>

Cuban Assets Control Regulations, the Iranian Assets Control Regulations, the 
Libyan Sanctions Regulations, the Iraqi Sanctions Regulations, the Federal 
Republic of Yugoslavia Sanctions Regulations and the Angola Sanctions 
Regulations; and (b) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will, 
directly or indirectly, use or apply any portion of the proceeds of the sale 
of the Notes so as to violate or otherwise take or permit any action which 
would subject the acquisition of the Notes to any penalty or tax provided for 
in or by such Trading with the Enemy Act, any of such Regulations or any of 
such orders, regulations, or other Governmental actions issued or taken 
pursuant thereto by an authorized Governmental authority; and none of the 
transactions contemplated in this Agreement (including without limitation 
thereof, the use of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes) will violate or 
result in a violation on the part of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary 
or you of Section 7 of the 1934 Act, or any regulations issued pursuant 
thereto, including, without limitation, Regulations G, T and X of the Board 
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter 11.  Neither 
Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary owns or intends to carry or purchase 
any 'margin stock' within the meaning of said Regulation G. None of the 
proceeds from the sale of Notes will be used to purchase, or refinance any 
borrowing the proceeds of which were used to purchase, any "margin stock" 
within the meaning of said Regulation G.

          Section 4.13. COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. (a) The Company, each Related 
Person and each Plan (other than a multiemployer Plan), including any trust 
created under or forming a part thereof, is in compliance in all material 
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and 
published official interpretations thereunder.  Neither the Company nor any 
Related Person has engaged in any transaction or failed to take any action in 
connection with which the Company or any Related Person could be subjected to 
either a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to section 502 of ERISA or 
a tax in a material amount imposed by section 4975 of the Code.  No Plan, or 
trust created under or forming a part of any Plan, has been terminated since 
September 2, 1974.  No liability in a material amount to the Pension Benefit 
Guaranty Corporation has been or, based on existing or anticipated 
circumstances, is expected by the Company or any Related Person to be 
incurred by the Company or any Related Person in connection, with any Plan, 
and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has not instituted any 
proceeding to terminate any Plan or to

                                     15

<PAGE>

appoint a trustee to administer any Plan.  No Reportable Event has occurred 
or is currently under consideration by the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
Corporation in connection with any Plan, and no event has occurred nor does 
any condition exist, which presents a substantial risk of termination of any 
Plan by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.  There has been no 
"complete withdrawal" or "partial withdrawal" by the Company or any Related 
Person from any Multiemployer Plan within the meaning of Subtitle E of Title 
IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any Related Person has 
incurred or will incur any liability.  There do not exist any conditions, nor 
are any circumstances anticipated, which could result in any such withdrawal; 
and neither the Company nor any Related Person has incurred, or based on 
existing or anticipated circumstances may incur, any liability in a material 
amount with respect to any Multiemployer Plan under that Title IV.

          (b)   The Company and each Related Person have paid all 
contributions or other amounts required of them under the provisions of each 
Plan or pursuant to any applicable collective bargaining agreement, and no 
"accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and 
section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any 
Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan).  There is no proceeding by a 
fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against the Company or any Related Person 
to enforce Section 515 of ERISA.

          (c)   The actuarial present value of all benefit liabilities under 
all Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans) did not, as of the end of the most 
recently ended fiscal year of the Company, exceed the fair market value of 
the assets of such Plans by more than $250,000, with such benefit liabilities 
determined based on the actuarial assumptions which would be used by the 
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to plans terminating that 
year.

          (d)   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the 
issue and sale of the Notes under this Agreement, nor the purchase by you of 
the Notes, will involve any Prohibited Transaction that could have a Material 
Adverse Effect or that could have a material adverse effect on the financial 
condition or operation of any Plan, it being understood that, in order for 
the Company to make such representation and warranty, the Company is

                                       16

<PAGE>

relying on your representation and warranty set forth in Section 5.3.

          Section 4.14. DESCRIPTIVE MATERIALS.  Exhibit B hereto correctly 
sets forth in all material respects, or incorporates by reference documents 
setting forth, (1) a brief description of the business (as conducted and 
presently proposed to be conducted) and the approximate physical dimensions 
of the operating facilities (including leaseholds under real property leases 
and the location, the annual rentals payable and the term of such leaseholds) 
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (2) the jurisdiction or 
jurisdictions in which each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is 
organized and in which the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary is 
qualified to conduct its business, (3) a statement of the Indebtedness for 
Money Borrowed of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as 
of the First Closing Date, setting forth, in each case, the amount and the 
obligee of such Indebtedness and whether or not such Indebtedness is secured, 
and (4) Investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing 
on the First Closing Date.

          Section 4.15. INVESTMENT COMPANY Act.  The Company is not, nor is 
it directly or indirectly controlled by, affiliated with, or acting on behalf 
of any Person which is, an investment company within the meaning of the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          Section 4.16. SUBSIDIARIES.  Exhibit B hereto sets forth a list of 
all of the Company's Subsidiaries.  Each Restricted Subsidiary is designated 
as such on said Exhibit B. Each of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries is 
duly organized and validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of 
the jurisdiction in which it is organized and which is specified in Exhibit 
B, with powers (corporate or otherwise) adequate for the carrying on of the 
business now conducted by it.  All outstanding capital stock of each 
Restricted Subsidiary listed in Exhibit B which is a corporation is validly 
issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and all partnership and other interests 
in each Restricted Subsidiary which is not a corporation are fully paid for 
and validly created. Except as set forth in Exhibit B, the Company owns, 
directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding capital stock or equity 
interest of each Restricted Subsidiary.  Except as set forth in Exhibit B to 
this Agreement, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital 
stock of or equity interest in any Person.

                                       17 

<PAGE>

          Section 4.17. INSOLVENCY.  The Company is not insolvent (as such 
term is defined in Section 101(29) of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as 
amended) and will not be rendered insolvent (as such term is defined in 
Section 101(29) of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended) by execution of 
this Agreement or any other loan document in connection therewith to which it 
is a party or by the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby or 
thereby.

SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING
           TO SECURITIES ACT AND SOURCES OF FUNDS.

          Section 5.1. BY THE PURCHASER.  You hereby represent: that you are 
purchasing the Notes for your own account or a separate account maintained by 
you for investment and not with a view to or in connection with any 
distribution thereof, subject, nevertheless, to any requirements of law that 
the disposition thereof by you shall at all times be within your control; and 
you further represent that each acquisition of Notes by you shall be deemed 
to be a reaffirmation as of the time of purchase of the representations made 
by you under this Section 5.1.

          Section 5.2. BY THE COMPANY.  The Company hereby represents that  
(a) it has not, either directly or through  any agent, sold  or disposed of, 
or attempted or offered to sell or dispose  of, any of the Notes or any 
similar securties of the Company to, or solicited offers to buy any such 
Notes or similar securities from, or otherwise approached or negotiated with 
respect to such Notes or similar securities with, any Person or Persons other 
than you; and (b) neither the Company nor any Person acting on its behalf 
will hereafter take any action with respect to the Notes or any similar 
securities of the Company which would adversely affect the exemption of the 
Notes from the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

          Section 5.3. SOURCE OF FUNDS.  You hereby represent: either (i) 
none of the funds to be used by you to acquire the Notes are assets of an 
employee benefit plan (or, if such funds would be deemed assets of an 
employee benefit plan as a consequence of the United States Supreme Court's 
holding in JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY V. HARRIS TRUST & 
SAVINGS BANK, then you represent that all of the transactions contemplated 
herein are fully exempted under Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction 
Class Exemption 95-60), or (ii) you have previously disclosed in

                                  18

<PAGE>

writing to the Company the names of all employee benefit plans the assets of 
which exceed 5% of the total assets in any separate account providing funds 
for the purchase of the Notes.  As used in this Section 5.3, the term 
"employee benefit plan" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in 
Section 3(3) of ERISA.

SECTION 6. CLOSING CONDITIONS OF THE PURCHASER.

          Your obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be delivered 
on each Closing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction on such Closing 
Date of the following conditions precedent:

          Section 6.1. OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL.  You shall have received 
on each Closing Date from the Company's counsel, Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., a 
favorable opinion dated such Closing Date addressed to, and in form, scope 
and substance satisfactory to, you, to the effect that:

          (a)   the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary is a duly 
incorporated (or organized in the case of partnerships) and validly existing 
entity in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or 
organization and has all requisite corporate or partnership power and 
authority to own, or hold under lease, its properties and assets, to operate 
its properties and assets, to conduct its business, and (in the case of the 
Company) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to issue, sell 
and deliver the Notes to you;

          (b)   the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary is duly qualified 
and is authorized to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign 
corporation or entity in each jurisdiction wherein the character of the 
properties or assets owned or held under lease by the Company or such 
Restricted Subsidiary or the nature of the business transacted by the Company 
or such Restricted Subsidiary as described in Exhibit B to this Agreement 
makes such qualification necessary;

          (c)   to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no actions, 
suits, proceedings, inquiries or investigations pending or threatened against 
or affecting the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a character 
referred to in Section 4.7;

                                      19

<PAGE>

          (d)   this Agreement and the Notes being purchased by you on such 
Closing Date have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on 
the part of the Company (no action by the stockholders of the Company having 
been required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the 
Company or otherwise), each have been duly executed and delivered, and 
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, 
enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, 
except insofar as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, 
insolvency or similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement 
of creditors' rights generally;

          (e)   neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the 
Notes being purchased by you on such Closing Date, nor the consummation of 
the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor compliance with the 
terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof by the Company will 
conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default 
under, any Requirement of Law on the part of the Company, or, to the 
knowledge of such counsel after due inquiry, will conflict with, or result in 
a breach or violation of, or constitute a default in the performance, 
observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition contained 
in, or constitute, or but for any requirement of notice or lapse of time, or 
both, would constitute, an event of default by the Company under any 
Contractual Obligation or, to the knowledge of such counsel after due 
inquiry, will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of 
the properties or assets of the Company;

          (f)   no filing with, or other action involving, any Government is 
required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution or 
delivery of this Agreement or the offer, issuance, sale or delivery of the 
Notes being purchased by you other than informational filings which may be 
required to be made, subsequent to the Closing Date, with respect to this 
Agreement;

          (g)   it is not necessary, in connection with the offer, 
issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes being purchased by you, to register 
the Notes under the Securities Act or to qualify an indenture under the Trust 
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (it being understood that the opinion 
called for by this paragraph (g) shall assume the existence of the facts and 
circumstances contemplated by this

                                    20

<PAGE>

Agreement, including the accuracy of the representations set forth in 
Section 5); and

          (h)   none of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement 
(including without limitation thereof, the use of the proceeds of the sale of 
the Notes) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the 1934 
Act, or any regulations issued pursuant thereto, including without 
limitation, Regulations G, T and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve System, 12 CFR, Chapter II and, to the knowledge of such counsel 
after due inquiry, none of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes will be used 
to purchase, or refinance any borrowing the proceeds of which were used to 
purchase, any 'margin stock' within the meaning of such Regulation G.

          Such opinion shall also cover such other legal matters incident to 
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as you or your special 
counsel may reasonably request.  In giving the foregoing opinion counsel may 
rely, as to questions of fact material thereto, upon certificates of public 
officials and specified certificates of appropriate officers of the Company 
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, copies of which shall have been received by 
you.

          Section 6.2. OPINION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL.  You shall have received 
on each Closing Date from Messrs.  Seward & Kissel of New York, New York, 
your special counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement, a favorable opinion dated such Closing Date, addressed to, and in 
form, scope and substance satisfactory to, you to the effect that:

          (a)      the Company is a duly organized and validly existing 
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has 
all requisite corporate power and authority to own, or hold under lease, its 
properties and assets and to conduct business of the type described in 
Exhibit B and to execute, deliver and perform.-this Agreement, and to issue, 
sell and deliver the Notes to you;

          (b)      neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or 
the Notes being purchased by you on such Closing Date, nor the consummation 
of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor compliance with the 
terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof by the Company will 
conflict with, or result in a breach or

                                     21

<PAGE>

violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of 
the Company;

          (c)      it is not necessary, in connection with the offer, 
issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes being purchased by you, to register 
the Notes under the Securities Act or to qualify an indenture under the Trust 
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (it being understood that the opinion 
called for by this paragraph (c) shall assume the existence of the facts and 
circumstances contemplated by this Agreement, including the accuracy of the 
representations set forth in Section 5);

          (d)      this Agreement and the Notes being purchased by you on 
such Closing Date have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action 
on the part of the Company (no action by the stockholders of the Company 
being required by law or by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the 
Company), have been duly executed and delivered, and constitute the legal, 
valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company 
in accordance with their respective terms, except insofar as the 
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar 
laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights 
generally; and

          (e)      while said special counsel have not independently 
considered the additional matters covered by the legal opinion referred to in 
Section 6.1, such legal opinion is satisfactory in form and scope to said 
special counsel and nothing has come to the attention of said special counsel 
that leads them to believe that you or they are not justified in relying 
thereon.

          The opinion of such special counsel shall also cover such other 
legal matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as 
you may reasonably request. in giving the foregoing opinion said special 
counsel may rely, as to questions of fact material thereto, upon certificates 
of public officials and of appropriate officers of the Company and its 
Restricted Subsidiaries, copies of which shall have been received by you.

          Section 6.3. REPRESENTATIONS TRUE.  All representations, warranties 
and statements by or on behalf of the Company contained in this Agreement or 
in any certificate, statement or document furnished by or on behalf of the 
Company to you in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the

                                       22
<PAGE>

sale of the Notes or the Company's performance of its obligations hereunder 
or thereunder or otherwise furnished to you in compliance with this 
Agreement, shall be true as and to the extent set forth therein in all 
material respects on and as of each Closing Date with the same effect as 
though such representations, warranties and statements had been made on and 
as of each Closing Date (or, to the extent that any such representations and 
warranties expressly relate solely to a specific date, as of that date).

          Section 6.4. NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. (a) Neither the Company nor any 
Restricted Subsidiary shall have taken any action which it would have been 
prohibited from taking, or omitted or permitted the omission of any action 
which it would have been required to take, if the Notes had been outstanding 
at all times since the date of this Agreement, and the Company will not upon 
the execution of the Notes to be delivered on each Closing Date be in default 
in the performance of any of the covenants and agreements hereunder and no 
Event of Default, or event which after notice or lapse of time or both would 
constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred.

          (b)      No "Event of Default" under the 1988 Note Purchase 
Agreement shall have occurred or be continuing.

          Section 6.5. OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE.  The Company shall have 
delivered to you on each Closing Date a certificate or certificates, signed 
by the President or an Executive Vice President and the Vice President 
Finance of the Company, to the effect that the conditions specified in 
Section 6.3 and Section 6.4 required to be fulfilled on such Closing Date 
have been fulfilled.

          Section 6.6. LEGALITY OF INVESTMENT.  The acquisition of the Notes 
shall qualify as of each Closing Date as a legal investment for you under all 
laws applicable to investments by you (exclusive, in any case, of section 
1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law).

          Section 6.7. PROCEEDINGS, INSTRUMENTS, ETC.  All proceedings to be 
taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and 
all documents incidental thereto, shall be satisfactory in form, scope and 
substance to you and your special counsel, and you shall have received copies 
of all documents which you may reasonably request in connection with said 
transactions and copies of the records of all corporate proceedings in 
connection therewith in

                                     23 
<PAGE>

form, scope and substance satisfactory to you and your special counsel.

          Section 6.8. PRIVATE PLACEMENT NUMBER.  A Private Placement number 
issued by Standard & Poor's CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the 
Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance 
Commissioners) shall have been obtained for the Notes.

SECTION 7. BUSINESS COVENANTS.

          The Company covenants and agrees that so long as any Note shall be 
outstanding:

          Section 7.1. PAYMENT OF NOTES AND MAINTENANCE OF OFFICES.  The 
Company will punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal and interest 
(and premium, if any) to become due in respect of the Notes according to the 
terms thereof and will maintain an office at 5215 North O'Connor Boulevard, 
Suite 940, Central Tower at Williams Square, Irving, Texas 75039, or such 
other place as it may from time to time specify by written notice to all 
holders of the Notes, where notices, presentations and demands in respect of 
this Agreement or the Notes may be made upon it and will notify each holder 
of a Note of any change of location of such office.

          Section 7.2. PAYMENT OF TAXES, CLAIMS AND INDEBTEDNESS.  The 
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will each pay and discharge promptly:

          (a)      all taxes, assessments, fees and other Governmental 
      charges or levies imposed upon it or upon any of its properties, 
      assets, income, profits or franchises before the same shall become 
      delinquent;

          (b)      all lawful claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, 
      warehousemen, landlords and other similar persons for 
      labor,.materials, supplies and rentals which, if unpaid, might by 
      law become a Lien or charge upon its properties or assets; and

          (c)      any liability imposed upon it pursuant to Section 4062, 4063
      or 4064 of ERISA;

                                       24

<PAGE>

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary,
shall be required to pay any of the foregoing if (w) the aggregate of such items
referred to above does not exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding, (x) in
the case of items referred to above aggregating in excess of $500,000, the
amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings, (y) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may-be, shall have set aside on its books reserves which in the
opinion of the Firm of Certified Public Accountants employed by the Company in
accordance with Section 7.15 are adequate with respect thereto (as evidenced in
the auditor's reports referred to in Section 8.1(b)) and (z) the title of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, to, and its right to
use, a material portion of its property shall not be materially and adversely
affected thereby.

          Section 7.3. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES AND CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will each:

          (a)      do or cause to be done all things necessary to maintain its
      properties and assets (including properties and assets leased by 
      it) in good condition, and make all renewals, replacements, 
      additions, betterments and improvements to its properties and 
      assets (including properties and assets leased by it and the leases 
      relating thereto);

          (b)      keep adequately insured, by financially sound and reputable
      insurers, all of its properties,.assets and operations of a 
      character usually insured by Persons of established reputation 
      engaged in the same or a similar business similarly situated 
      against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily 
      insured against by such Persons and carry, with such insurers in 
      customary amounts, such other insurance, including without 
      limitation public and product liability insurance, business 
      interruption insurance (if available at commercially reasonable 
      rates) and workers compensation insurance (except that the Company 
      or any Restricted Subsidiary may self-insure workers compensation 
      liability to the extent permitted

                                       25

<PAGE>

      by applicable state law), as is usually carried by 
      Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or 
      a similar business similarly situated;
                   
          (c)      keep proper books of record and account in which 
      full, true and correct entries will be made of all its business 
      transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
                         
          (d)      set aside on its books from its earnings for each 
      fiscal year in amounts deemed adequate in the opinion of the 
      Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, all 
      proper accruals and reserves which, in accordance with 
      generally accepted accounting principles, should be set 
      aside from such earnings in connection with its business, 
      including, without limitation, provisions for 
      depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and/or amortization 
      and accruals for taxes for such period, including all 
      taxes based on or measured by income or profits;
                                            
          (e)      except as otherwise permitted by Sections 7.10 and 
      7.11, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and 
      keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, 
      and all rights, licenses, permits, franchises and other 
      authorizations;
      
          (f)      not enter into, or allow any Restricted Subsidiary 
      to enter into, the ownership, active management or operation of 
      any business which is not a business related to the 
      recovery of non-ferrous metals; and
                         
           (g)      not be in default, in any respect, in the 
      performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant 
      or condition contained in any Contractual Obligation or be 
      in breach or violation of, or in default under, any 
      Requirement of Law to which it is subject, which breach, 
      violation or default would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                                       26


<PAGE>

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in subsections (a), (e) or (f) above shall
prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from (i) abandoning
any of its properties or assets, or abandoning or terminating any right,
license, permit, franchise or other authorization (including its qualification
to transact business in any jurisdiction wherein neither the character of the
properties or assets owned or held under lease by it nor the nature of the
business transacted by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary), or
(ii) liquidating or dissolving any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if in
any case such abandonment, termination, liquidation or dissolution is in the
best interest of the Company, is not detrimental in any material respect to the
ability of the Company to pay when due, in accordance with the terms of the
Notes and this Agreement, the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest
on, the Notes and is not prohibited by Section 7.10 or Section 7.11 or any other
provisions of, and would not result in the occurrence of any Event of Default
(or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an
Event of Default) under, this Agreement.

          Section 7.4. LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS.  Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall create, incur, assume, or in any manner become or be
liable, contingently or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness, except:
      
          (a)      Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the 1988 Notes;
      
          (b)      Current Liabilities of the Company constituting 
      Indebtedness for Money Borrowed not overdue and not at the time 
      of incurrence thereof in the aggregate principal amount 
      outstanding in excess of $10,000,000, PROVIDED that 
      during the 14-month period ending on October 31, 1995, 
      and each consecutive 14month period ending on the last 
      day of each month thereafter, the Company will eliminate 
      and be free of all such Current Liabilities for a period 
      of at least 60 consecutive days;
                         
           (c)      Funded Indebtedness of the Company outstanding on the First
      Closing Date and listed on Exhibit B, provided that such Funded 
      Indebtedness shall be paid in accordance with the terms thereof in 
      effect on the First Closing Date;
      
                                       27

<PAGE>

          (d)      Current Liabilities of the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary (other than Current Liabilities constituting 
      Indebtedness for Money Borrowed and Current Liabilities 
      in respect of taxes, assessments, fees or other 
      Governmental charges or levies or the claims of 
      materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords 
      and other similar persons) incurred in the ordinary 
      course of business and not more than 45 days overdue 
      unless the amount, applicability or validity thereof 
      shall then currently be contested in good faith;
                         
          (e)      Current Liabilities of the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary in respect of taxes, assessments, fees or other 
      Governmental charges or levies or the claims of materialmen, 
      mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other 
      similar persons to the extent the payment thereof is not, at the 
      time, required by Section 7.2;

          (f)      Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the 
      Company or to any other Wholly-Owned Restricted 
      Subsidiary and Indebtedness of the Company owing to its 
      Restricted Subsidiary, IMCO Management Partnership L.P., 
      a Texas limited partnership;
                   
          (g)      Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not
      otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Section 7.4 
      secured by Liens as and to the extent permitted by Section 7.6;
                         
          (h)      Indebtedness in respect of Guaranties of the Company and any
      Restricted Subsidiary as and to the extent permitted by Section 7.5;

          (i)      Indebtedness represented by amounts declared, payable as, 
      or set apart for, dividends as and to the extent permitted by Section 7.7;

          (j)      additional Funded Indebtedness of the Company or any 
      Restricted Subsidiary,

                                      28


<PAGE>

   PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that immediately after giving effect to the creation,
   incurrence or assumption of such additional Funded Indebtedness and to the
   application of any proceeds thereof:

          (i)      Consolidated Funded Indebtedness shall not 
      exceed 45% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time prior to 
      December 1, 1998; and from and after December 1, 1998, Consolidated 
      Funded Indebtedness shall not exceed 40% of Consolidated Net 
      Tangible Assets;

          (ii)     the ratio of the aggregate Consolidated Cash Make for the
      immediately preceding four fiscal quarters of the Company 
      to Pro Forma Consolidated Debt Service shall not be less 
      than 1.2 to 1; and
                         
          (iii)    in the case of Funded Indebtedness of Restricted 
      Subsidiaries, the sum of (A) such Funded Indebtedness, 
      together with all other Funded Indebtedness of Restricted 
      Subsidiaries then outstanding, plus, without duplication, 
      (B) the outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness 
      permitted by Section 7.4(k), shall not exceed 10% of 
      Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such time of 
      determination; and
      
      (k)  Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the
   seller of property in respect of the purchase by the Company or 
   such Restricted Subsidiary of such property to be used in the 
   ordinary course of the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's 
   business, provided that the sum of (i) such Indebtedness, together 
   with all other Indebtedness permitted by this Section 7.4(k) then 
   outstanding, plus, without duplication, (ii) the outstanding 
   principal amount of Funded Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries, 
   shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such 
   time of determination and provided, further, that

                                     29

<PAGE>

      in the event such Indebtedness shall by its terms mature more than 
      one year from the incurrence thereof, immediately after giving 
      effect to the incurrence thereof, the Company can incur an 
      additional $1.00 of Funded Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.4(j).

          Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 7.4 to the contrary,
neither IMCO Investment Company nor IMCO Management Partnership, L.P. will
create, incur, assume, or in any manner become liable, contingently or
otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed other than
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed owing to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary.

          Section 7.5. LIMITATION ON LIABILITIES FOR OBLIGATIONS OF OTHERS. 
Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will become or be liable in
respect of any Guaranty other than (i) endorsements in the ordinary course of
business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection, (ii) Guaranties by
the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries pertaining to obligations not exceeding
in the aggregate the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 5% of Consolidated
Tangible Net Worth as of such date, and (iii) Guaranties by the Company or by
any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any Wholly-owned
Restricted Subsidiary or of the Company, as the case may be; provided that all
such Indebtedness described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above is permitted to be
incurred under this Agreement at the date of the making of such Guaranty and
provided, further, that in the event that any Restricted Subsidiary shall
guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary shall also
deliver a Guaranty, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each holder
of the Notes, to each such holder of the obligations of the Company under the
Notes, but any such Guaranty to such holder(s) shall not be included in any
computation of outstanding Guaranties for purposes of this Section 7.5.

          Section 7.6. LIMITATION ON LIENS.  Neither.-the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall create, assume, incur or suffer to exist, or agree
or consent to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency
or otherwise) to be created, assumed, incurred or to exist, any mortgage, lien,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind upon, or pledge of, any of
its properties or assets (including, without limitation, accounts receivable,
inventory and cash and deposits), whether now owned or

                                      30


<PAGE>

hereafter acquired, or acquire or agree to acquire any property or assets
subject to any conditional sale agreement or other title retention agreement, or
as lessee under a Capitalized Lease (the foregoing mortgages, liens, charges,
security interests, encumbrances, pledges and the rights of others under
conditional sale agreements and other title retention agreements and Capitalized
Leases being herein collectively called "Liens"); PROVIDED, however, that the
foregoing restriction shall-not apply to the following Liens so long as (in the
case of Liens other than those Liens set forth in clauses (e), (g) and (h)
below) such Liens do not in the aggregate materially and adversely affect the
conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries:

          (a)   Liens securing taxes, assessments, fees or other 
      Governmental charges or levies or the claims of materialmen, 
      mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other similar 
      persons, the payment of which is not overdue under the provisions 
      of Section 7.2;

          (b)   Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
      business not involving Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, 
      including Liens (i) in connection with workers 
      compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and 
      other similar laws, or (ii) to secure the performance of 
      letters of credit, bids, tenders, sales, contracts, leases, 
      public or statutory obligations, surety, customs, appeal 
      and performance bonds and other similar obligations not 
      incurred in connection with the. borrowing of money, the 
      obtaining of advances or the payment of the deferred 
      purchase price of property;
                         
          (c)   attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in
      connection with court proceedings, PROVIDED that the 
      execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively 
      stayed and the claims secured thereby are currently being 
      contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

          (d)   easements, rights of way, restrictions, leases and other
      similar encumbrances affecting real or tangible

                                       31

<PAGE>

      personal property, which do not in the aggregate materially detract
      from the value of such property or materially impair its use in the
      operation of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

          (e)   Liens created in connection with Indebtedness permitted under
      Section 7.4(k), provided that such Liens are taken or 
      retained by the seller of the property being acquired to 
      secure all or part of its price and such Liens do not cover 
      any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary 
      other than the property being so acquired;

          (f)   the Liens on the Mortgaged Property created by the Mortgages 
      and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, Liens 
      and other matters affecting the Mortgaged Property that are 
      described in Exhibit B of the 1988 Note Purchase Agreement;
      
          (g)   Liens on the real and personal property  subject (as of the 
      First Closing Date) to  the Kentucky Mortgage and Security 
      Agreement (as defined in the 1988 Note Purchase Agreement) 
      which may be created to secure certain revenue bonds issued 
      or to be issued in an aggregate principal amount not 
      exceeding $10,000,000 in connection with a salt cake 
      processing facility and landfill expansion constructed or 
      to be constructed on such property;
                         

          (h)   Liens outstanding on the First Closing Date and listed on 
      Exhibit B with respect to property then owned by the 
      Company securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.4(c),
      PROVIDED that such Liens are not renewed or extended and do 
      not at any time extend to property other than property that 
      was subject to such Liens on the First Closing Date; and
      
          (i)  (i) Liens on any shares of the capital stock of an Unrestricted
      Subsidiary and (ii) the Barmet Option.

                                      32

<PAGE>

          In case any Lien arises in violation of this Section 7.6, the Company
shall make or cause to be made provisions whereby the Notes will be secured
equally and ratably with all other obligations secured thereby, and in any case,
the Notes shall have the benefit to the full extent that the holders may be
entitled thereto under applicable law of an equitable Lien so equally and
ratably securing the Notes.  Any violation of this Section 7.6 shall constitute
an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.1(c) whether or not any such provision
is made pursuant to the preceding sentence.

          Section 7.7. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAVMENTS AND RESTRICTED
INVESTMENTS.  The Company will not directly or indirectly, through any of its
Subsidiaries or otherwise, declare or make, or incur any liability to make, any
of the following (such actions as are hereinafter described in subsections (a)
and (b) being called 'Restricted Payments"):

          (a)   any payment in cash, property or other assets (other than
      shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or any rights, 
      warrants or options to purchase such shares) as dividends or other 
      distributions upon, for the purpose of purchasing, retiring, 
      redeeming or otherwise acquiring for value, directly or indirectly, 
      or otherwise in respect of, any shares of any class of capital 
      stock (or any warrants or options evidencing a right to purchase 
      any such shares of stock) of the Company, except to the extent 
      permitted below; or

          (b) any Restricted Investment;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions of this Section 7.7 shall not prohibit
the making of any Restricted Payment if, immediately after, and after giving
effect to, the making of such Restricted Payment (i) no Event of Default (or
event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of
Default) would exist and (ii) the Net Amount of Restricted Payments made after
September 30, 1995 would not exceed the sum of (x) $5,000,000 plus (y) 50% of
Consolidated Net Income (minus 100% of any consolidated net loss) for the period
commencing October 1, 1995 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter of
the Company most recently ended at the time such Restricted Payment is made plus
(z) the sum of the aggregate net cash proceeds, determined by reference to the
net cash received by the

                                     33


<PAGE>


Company (after deducting all underwriting discounts and commissions and all
other expenses of such issuance), from the sale of Company capital stock made
after September 30, 1995.

          For purposes of this Section 7.7, "Net Amount of Restricted Payments"
means for any period (i) the aggregate amount of cash, property and other assets
(at the greater of net book value or fair market value) distributed during, and
liabilities outstanding at the end of, such period in respect of Restricted
Payments of the type described in subsection (a) above, and (ii) in respect of
Restricted Investments, the cost thereof less any actual return of capital in
respect thereof (it being understood that any dividends and interest payments
received in respect of Restricted Investments shall not reduce the cost
thereof).

          Section 7.8. MAINTENANCE OF CURRENT ASSETS, CONSOLIDATED WORKING
CAPITAL, NET WORTH AND FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE.

          (a)   The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall at all
      times maintain Consolidated Working Capital equal to or greater 
      than $5,000,000 and shall not permit Consolidated Current Assets to 
      be less than 125% of Consolidated Current Liabilities.
      
          (b)   The Company shall not at any time permit its Consolidated Net
      Worth to be less than the sum of $60,000,000 plus the greater of 
      (i) zero and (ii) 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income from 
      and after October 1, 1995.
      
          (c)   The Company shall not at any time permit the sum of (i)
      Consolidated Cash Make plus (ii) the aggregate Rentals attributable to the
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be less than 250% of the sum of
      Consolidated Interest Expense plus Rentals attributable to the Company
      and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the four immediately preceding
      consecutive fiscal quarters.

          Section 7.9. LIMITATION ON LEASES.  Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary shall, directly or indirectly, become or be liable for any
payment of Rentals with respect to any lease of real or personal property having
a remaining

                                       34


<PAGE>

term in excess of five years, including extensions and renewals at the option
of the lessor, if the aggregate Rentals payable by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries under all such leases for all future periods shall
exceed $2,000,000, unless the amount in excess of $2,000,000 is included, when
capitalized, as Consolidated Funded Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
limitation shall not apply to (i) any lease of data processing, office,
communication, mobile or transportation equipment having aggregate annual
Rentals not to exceed $150,000, (ii) that certain Lease dated as of June 1,
1981, between Valjo Corporation and Interamerican Zinc, Inc., as amended by that
certain Amendment to Lease dated November 4, 1988, between Anderson Development
Company and Interamerican Zinc, Inc., providing for aggregate annual Rentals not
to exceed $100,000, as it may be extended from time to time, and (iii) that
certain Rental Agreement dated December 1, 1983, between Anderson Development
Company and Interamerican Zinc, Inc., as amended by that certain Amendment to
Rental Agreement dated as of November 4, 1988, between Anderson Development
Company and Interamerican Zinc, Inc., providing for aggregate annual Rentals not
to exceed $7,000, as it may be extended from time to time.

          Section 7.10. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS.  Neither
the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will merge into or consolidate with
any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with
it, or directly or indirectly convey, sell, lease, transfer, abandon or
otherwise dispose of or suffer to be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred,
abandoned or otherwise to be disposed of (whether voluntarily or involuntarily)
all or any part of its properties or assets; PROVIDED, HOWEVER that so long as
no Event-of Default (or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Default) exists immediately before, or would exist
immediately after and after giving effect to, such transaction:

          (a)   any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary may be consolidated
      with or merged into the Company or another Wholly-O@ed Restricted 
      Subsidiary;
      
          (b)   any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary may make dispositions
      of any of its property or assets to the Company or another 
      Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, whether by dissolution, 
      liquidation or otherwise;
                                       35


<PAGE>

          (c)   the Company may be consolidated with or merged into any other
      Person, and the Company may convey, sell, lease, transfer or 
      otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and 
      assets to any Person, and any Person may consolidate with or merge 
      into the Company or convey or transfer its properties or assets 
      substantially as an entirety to the Company, if the resulting 
      Person or the transferee of such assets, as the case may be, is a 
      corporation organized and existing under the laws of a State in the 
      United States which (i) will assume the obligations of the Company 
      under this Agreement and the Notes and (ii) can incur an additional 
      $1.00 of Funded Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.4(j); and
      
          (d)   the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may convey, sell,
      lease, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of or suffer to be 
      conveyed, sold, leased, transferred, abandoned or otherwise to be 
      disposed of (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) any of its 
      assets constituting not more than 10% of Consolidated Total Assets 
      in any transaction or series of related transactions during any 
      consecutive twelve-month period, PROVIDED that not more than 15% of 
      Consolidated Total Assets are disposed of on a cumulative basis 
      from the date hereof.

The sale or other disposition of assets in the ordinary and usual conduct of
business and the disposition of worn-out or obsolete equipment shall not be
deemed to be dispositions of assets for the purposes of this Section 7.10.

          Section 7.11. ISSUE OR DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES.  No Restricted
Subsidiary shall issue, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
shares (or other ownership interests) of any class of its capital stock or
equity ownership interests or of any options or warrants to purchase its capital
stock or equity ownership interests or of other securities exchangeable for or
convertible into its capital stock or equity ownership interests except (a) to
the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) directors' 
qualifying shares as required by law.

                                       36


<PAGE>

Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall sell, assign, transfer
or otherwise dispose of (except to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted
Subsidiary) any shares of capital stock (or other ownership interests) of any
class of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any other security of, or any
Indebtedness owing to it by, any Restricted Subsidiary, unless:

          (i)   the greater of the consideration received therefor and the
      value thereof as stated on the books of the Company or such 
      Restricted Subsidiary of (A) the stock (or other ownership 
      interests) and other securities of such Restricted Subsidiary and 
      of each other Restricted Subsidiary disposed of pursuant to this 
      Section 7.11 in the fiscal year of the Company in which such sale 
      shall occur and (B) the other properties and assets of the Company 
      and its Restricted Subsidiaries disposed of pursuant to Section 
      7.10(d) does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets during any 
      consecutive twelve-month period, PROVIDED that not more than 15% of 
      Consolidated Total Assets are disposed of on a cumulative basis 
      from the date hereof;

          (ii)  ll of the capital stock (or other ownership interests) 
      and other securities and the entire Indebtedness of such Restricted 
      Subsidiary owned by the Company and each other Restricted 
      Subsidiary shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise 
      disposed of (other than to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted 
      Subsidiary) at the same time;
      
          (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall not, at the time of such 
      sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, own either (A) any 
      shares of capital stock (or other ownership interests) of any class 
      or any other security or any Indebtedness of any other Restricted 
      Subsidiary which is not being simultaneously disposed of as 
      permitted by this Section 7.11 or (B) any Indebtedness of the 
      Company;
      
          (iv)   immediately before and after giving effect to such sale, 
      assignment, transfer or

                                       37


<PAGE>

      other disposition, no Event of Default (or event which with notice or
      lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default) will have
      occurred and be continuing; and

          (v)   the consideration received for such shares of capital stock
      (or other ownership interests), other security or Indebtedness is 
      not less than the fair market value thereof as determined by the 
      Board of Directors of the Company.

          For purposes of clause (i) of this Section 7.11, the value of capital
stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued or sold in connection with the Barmet
Option shall be included as capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that was
sold for a consideration of $8,417,000 and shall be included in the computation
of Consolidated Total Assets for purposes of such clause (i) as though such sale
took place on the date immediately following the date hereof.

          Section 7.12. LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Neither the
Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall enter into any transaction,
including, without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of property or
assets or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless in the
ordinary and usual conduct of the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's
business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable arm's-length
transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

          Section 7.13. LIMITATION ON INVESTMENTS.  Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary will acquire or hold any stock, bond, note, or other
evidence of Indebtedness or any other security of, or make any loan, advance,
capital contribution or extension of credit (except for current trade and
customer accounts receivable for merchandise, products, materials and supplies
sold) to, any Person (herein called "Investments") except:

          (a)   obligations of the United States of America or the Dominion
      of Canada or any agency or instrumentality thereof, unconditionally 
      guaranteed by the United States of America or the Dominion of 
      Canada, as the case may be, PROVIDED that such securities have a 
      final maturity not in excess

                                       38

<PAGE>


      of one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

          (b)   time deposits or certificates of deposit maturing within one 
      year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank or trust 
      company which (i) is a member of the Federal Reserve System or has 
      been organized under the laws of the Dominion of Canada, (ii) has 
      capital stock, surplus and undivided profits of not less than 
      $100,000,000, and (iii) has been assigned an investment rating of 
      "A-2' or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A" or higher 
      by Standard & Poor's Corporation (or the successors thereof);
      
          (c)   commercial paper which has a final maturity not 
      in excess of 270 days from the date of issuance thereof and which 
      is rated "Prime 1" (or such other equivalent rating as signifies 
      the highest investment quality) by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 
      or 'A-I+' (or such other equivalent rating as signifies the highest 
      investment quality) by Standard & Poor's Corporation (or the 
      successors thereof);
      
          (d)   Investments in a corporation, limited liability company,
      partnership, trust or other similar entity which is, or immediately 
      after the making of such Investment will be, a Restricted Subsidiary;

          (e)  Investments in a corporation, limited liability company,
      partnership, trust or other similar entity which is, or immediately 
      after the making of such Investment will be, an Unrestricted 
      Subsidiary, PROVIDED that Investments in respect of such 
      Unrestricted Subsidiary, together with Investments in respect of 
      all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries (the amount of each such 
      Investment being the cost thereof determined as of the time such 
      Investment is actually made), do not exceed either $1,000,000 
      during any one fiscal year of the

                                      39


<PAGE>

       Company or $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

          (f)   only in respect of Investments made by the Company,
      Investments as permitted under the PROVISO to Section 7.7;

          (g)   an Investment constituting the initial investment in a joint
      venture solely to conduct activities as permitted by Section 
      7.3(f), to be entered into between the Company or a Restricted 
      Subsidiary and VAW aluminum AG, a German corporation, or an 
      affiliate thereof, such initial Investment not to exceed 
      $16,000,000 (U.S.);

          (h)   Investments in a foreign subsidiary in which all of the
      capital stock and voting power will be 100% owned, directly or 
      indirectly, by the Company, to be organized solely to conduct 
      activities as permitted by Section 7.3(f) at a plant to be located 
      in Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom, with such Investments not to 
      exceed, in the aggregate, $9,000,000 (U.S.); and

          (i)   Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
      Marport Smelting, L.L.C., an Indiana limited liability company, to 
      conduct business solely as permitted by Section 7.3(f), with such 
      Investments not to exceed $1,000,000.
      
          Section 7.14. TAX CONSOLIDATION.  Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary will file or consent to the filing of any consolidated
income tax return with any Person other than the Company and/or one or more
Subsidiaries.

          Section 7.15. AUDITORS.  The Company will employ, or cause to be
employed, a Firm of Certified Public Accountants.  Such Firm of Certified Public
Accountants will examine the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries referred to in Section 8.1(b) in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards and accordingly will include in such
examination such tests of the accounting records and such other procedures as
they consider necessary in the circumstances.  Such Firm of Certified Public
Accountants will express an opinion on such

                                   40


<PAGE>

consolidated financial statements without reliance upon the opinion of any
other accountants.  Such consolidated financial statements will present fairly,
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year, the consolidated financial
position of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the end of, and their
consolidated results of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash
flows for, the periods specified in Section 8.1(b). The opinion to be expressed
by such Firm of Certified Public Accountants shall be without qualification.

          Section 7.16. ACQUISITION OF Notes.  Neither the Company nor any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or Affiliates will, directly or indirectly, purchase
or otherwise acquire any outstanding unpaid Notes except pursuant to an offer
made PRO rata and on the same terms to the holders of all of the Notes at the
time outstanding; and any Notes so acquired pursuant to such offer shall
forthwith be canceled and no Notes shall be issued in substitution therefor.

          Section 7.17. LIMITATION ON PRIOR CLAIMS.  Except as permitted
hereunder and except as otherwise provided by statute, neither the Company nor
any Restricted Subsidiary will in any manner become or remain liable,
contingently or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness to any Person
(including any Person who guarantees or otherwise becomes surety for the whole
or any part of such Indebtedness or acquires any right or incurs any obligation
to become, either immediately or upon the occurrence of some future contingency,
the owner of all or any part thereof) who shall either immediately or upon the
occurrence of insolvency or some other contingency, have any right by reason of
any statute or otherwise to have any claim in respect of such Indebtedness first
satisfied out of the general assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
in priority to claims of its general creditors.

          Section 7.18. SALE OR DISCOUNT OF RECEIVABLES.  Neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary will discount or sell with recourse, or sell for
less than the-greater of the face value or market value thereof, any of its
notes, trade acceptances, accounts or bills receivable.

          Section 7.19. ERISA. (a) The Company will maintain, and cause each
Related Person to maintain, each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) in
compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and
published

                                     41


<PAGE>

official interpretations thereunder, the failure to comply with which could
subject the Company or any Related Person to tax in a material amount or to a
material penalty.

    (b)    The Company will not, and will not permit any Related 
Person to,

          (i)   engage in any transaction or fail to take any action in 
      connection with which the Company or any Related Person could be subject
      to either a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502 of 
      ERISA or a tax in a material amount imposed by section 4975 of the 
      Code;

          (ii)  terminate any Plan in a manner, or permit to be taken or take
      any other action, which could result in any liability of the Company or 
      any Related Person in a material amount to the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
      Corporation or with respect to any Multiemployer Plan under Title IV of 
      ERISA;
      
          (iii) fail to make full payment when due of all contributions and 
      other amounts which the Company or any Related Person is required to pay
      under the provisions of any Plan or pursuant to any applicable 
      collective bargaining agreement, or, with respect to any Plan 
      (other than a Multiemployer Plan), permit to exist any "accumulated 
      funding deficiency", whether or not waived, with respect to such 
      Plan;
      
          (iv)  permit the actuarial present value of all benefit
      liabilities under all Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans) to 
      exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plans by more 
      than $250,000, with such benefit liabilities determined based on 
      the actuarial assumptions which would be used by the Pension 
      Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to Plans terminating at 
      the time of determination; or
      
          (v)   adopt any amendment to a Plan to which Section 307 of
      ERISA applies.

                                    42


<PAGE>


 As used in this Section 7.19, the term 'accumulated funding deficiency' has the
meaning indicated for such term in Section 4.13.

          Section 7.20. FOREIGN PENSION LIABILITY.  The Company will not, and
will not permit any Related Person to, incur any liability under the laws of any
applicable jurisdiction outside of the United States to or in respect of any
employee benefit plan or other plan mandated by law or established or maintained
for the benefit of employees of the Company or of any Related Person which could
have a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 7.21. SPECULATION IN COMMODITIES AND INVENTORY LEVELS.
Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will buy or sell aluminum or
futures contracts or options for futures contracts with respect thereto for
speculation (i.e., buying or selling in expectation of profiting from market
fluctuation), nor will it sell forward recycled aluminum unless it owns or has
under firm contract the raw materials (e.g., dross, used aluminum beverage cans,
or aluminum scrap) sufficient to produce such recycled aluminum.  At any one
time, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not exceed 5% of their
consolidated yearly capacity in inventory owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is not presold to an established customer or the
sale of which is not supported by a letter of credit.

          Section 7.22. ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS.  Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries shall use any of their respective properties to generate,
manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose, transfer,
produce, process or in any manner deal with, Hazardous Materials except as may
be necessary to conduct the Company's or its Subsidiaries' business and in
accordance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and neither
the Company nor any Subsidiary shall cause or permit, as a result of any
intentional or unintentional act or omission on the part of the Company or any
Occupant, the installation or placement of Hazardous Materials in or on any of
its properties or a release of Hazardous Materials onto any of its properties or
suffer the presence of Hazardous Materials on any of its properties except as
aforesaid.  The Company and each Subsidiary shall not fail to comply with, and
shall ensure that all Occupants not fail to comply with, all applicable
Requirements of Law with respect@to Hazardous


                                       43


<PAGE>

Materials, to the extent such failure would result in a Material Adverse
Effect, and shall keep all of their respective properties free and clear of any
Liens imposed pursuant to such Requirements of Law.  In the event that the
Company or any Subsidiary receives any notice or advice from any governmental
agency, or any Occupant with regard to Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting
any of its properties, which notice relates to a violation by the Company, any
Subsidiary or any Occupant of any Environmental Law, the Company shall
immediately notify the Noteholders.  The Company and each Subsidiary shall, and
shall cause all Occupants to, maintain their properties and business in a manner
and condition in accordance with all Requirements of Law in all material
respects.

          Section 7.23. PARI PASSU.  The Company shall ensure that its
obligations under the Notes shall at all times rank at least PARI PASSU in
priority of payment with all unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the
Company.

SECTION 8. REPORTS, ETC.

          Section 8.1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER REPORTS.  The Company will
deliver to the Purchaser from the date of this Agreement and so long as it holds
any Note, and to each holder of Notes:

          (a)      as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first,
      second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, and in any 
      event within 45 days thereafter, duplicate copies of the 
      consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and 
      its Restricted Subsidiaries, as at the end of such fiscal quarter, 
      and consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings and 
      consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its 
      Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and (in the case of 
      the second and third fiscal quarters) for the portion of the fiscal 
      year ending with such fiscal 'quarters setting forth in each case 
      in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods one 
      year earlier, all in reasonable detail and certified as having been 
      prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
      principles, consistently applied (except for inconsistencies 
      specifically disclosed in such



                                       44


<PAGE>

       certificate), and fairly presenting the financial position of the
       Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the results of its and
       their operations, subject to changes resulting from year-end audit
       adjustments, by the principal financial officer of the Company,
       PROVIDED, that so long as any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries
       as of the date of this Agreement shall not be engaged in any active
       operations, the Company shall not be required to deliver consolidating
       balance sheets and statements of income and such other statements for
       such Restricted Subsidiary;

          (b)      as soon as practicable after the end of their respective
       fiscal years, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, duplicate 
       copies of:
      
                   (i)  consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the 
            Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such 
            year, and

                   (ii) consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings 
            and consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity and
            cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, for 
            such year,

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and, in the case of the consolidated
statements of the Company, certified and accompanied by the report of the Firm
of Certified Public Accountants, and, in the case of the consolidating
statements and the separate statements of the Company, certified by the
principal financial officer of the Company, such certifications and reports to
state that such financial statements fairly present the matters covered-thereby
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
(except for inconsistencies, if any, which are specifically disclosed and with
which such Firm of Certified Public Accountants concurs), PROVIDED, that so long
as any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement
shall not be engaged in any active

                                       45



<PAGE>

operations, the Company shall not be required to deliver consolidating balance
sheets and statements of income and such other statements for such Restricted
Subsidiary;

          (c)      together with the delivery of the financial statements
      referred to in Section 8.1(a) and (b) (or, in the case of clause 
      (i) below, if quarterly or annual reporting requirements for such 
      entities differ from those set forth in Section 8.1(a) or (b), as 
      soon as the same are available), (i) separate financial statements 
      of substantially the same type referred to in Section 8.1(a) and 
      (b) for each of the entities described in Section 7.13(g), (h) and 
      (i), together with, to the extent any such fiscal year-end 
      financial statements are audited, a copy of the auditor's report 
      with respect to such financial statements, and (ii) a copy of a 
      report to management of the Company on a plant-by-plant, 
      year-to-date, basis, substantially in the form attached hereto as 
      Exhibit C;

          (d)      promptly upon receipt thereof, one copy of each other report
      submitted to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by any 
      certified public accountants in connection with any annual, interim 
      or special audit made by them of the books of the Company or any 
      Restricted Subsidiary;

          (e)      promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of each
      financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the 
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to stockholders generally, and 
      of each regular or periodic report and any registration statement, 
      prospectus or written communication (other than transmittal 
      letters) in respect thereof filed by the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary with, or received by such Person in connection therewith 
      from, any securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange 
      Commission or any successor agency;

          (f)      as soon as possible (but in any event within ten days) after
      the Company or

                                      46


<PAGE>

      any Related Person knows or has reason to know with respect to any
      Plan (or any trust created under or forming a part of any Plan) of any
      Reportable Event, Prohibited Transaction, Termination or Withdrawal
      Event or other occurrence which could result in liability in a
      material amount to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or with
      respect to any Multiemployer Plan under Title IV of ERISA, a statement
      of the chief financial officer of the Company describing the details
      of such Reportable Event, Prohibited Transaction, Termination or
      Withdrawal Event or other occurrence and the action which the Company
      or any Related Person proposes to take with respect thereto, together
      with a copy of any notice, report, return or other papers filed or
      received by the Company or any Related Person with respect to, or
      otherwise pertaining to, the Reportable Event, Prohibited Transaction,
      Termination or Withdrawal Event or other occurrence; and

          (g)      with reasonable promptness, such other data and information
      as to the business, operations, properties, assets or prospects, or 
      the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company or any 
      Restricted Subsidiary or the ability of the Company to perform this 
      Agreement or to pay when due in accordance with the terms of the 
      Notes and this Agreement, the principal of, premium, if any, and 
      interest on, the Notes, as from time to time may be reasonably 
      requested by the Purchaser or any holder of the Notes.

          Recipients of any financial statements or other reports or documents
delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section 8.1 may furnish such
statements and reports to any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over them
and the National Association of Insurance Commissions and to such other Persons
as they in their discretion may deem appropriate; provided, however, that
neither you nor any subsequent holder of Notes shall be permitted to, and the
Company shall not be required to, furnish any financial statements or other
reports or documents delivered or to be delivered by the Company pursuant to
this Section 8.1, or disclose any information obtained pursuant to Section 8.4,
unless (i) such


                                     47


<PAGE>

information is publicly available or (ii) otherwise required under applicable
law, to any Person who at the time is known to you, such holder or the Company,
as the case may be, to be in direct competition with the Company.  The Company
agrees to furnish to the Purchaser and each other holder of the Notes (except as
provided in the preceding sentence) additional copies of the materials referred
to in this Section 8.1 upon its request.

          Section 8.2. OFFICERS' CERTIFICATES.  Each set of financial statements
relating to the Company delivered to the Purchaser or any other holder of the
Notes pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) will be accompanied by a certificate of
the President or an Executive Vice President and of the chief financial officer
of the Company setting forth (i) the information (including detailed
calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in
compliance with the requirements of SS 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11,
7.13, 7.14 and 7.21 during the period covered by the income statements then
being furnished and a certification as to insurance in force at the close of the
fiscal year covered by such, financial statements meeting the requirements of
57.3(b); and (ii) whether there exists on the date of the certificate any
condition or event which then constitutes, or which after lapse of time would
constitute an Event of Default, and, if any such condition or event then exists,
specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and the action being taken
and proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

          Section 8.3. ACCOUNTANTS' CERTIFICATE.  Each set of annual financial
statements relating to the Company delivered to the Purchaser or any other
holder of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.1(b) will be accompanied by a report
of the Firm of Certified Public Accountants who examined such financial
statements, which report shall state that, in making their examination necessary
to express an opinion on such financial statements, such accountants have
obtained no knowledge of any condition or event which then constitutes, or which
after notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default or,
if any such condition or event then exists, specifying the nature and period of
existence thereof.

          Section 8.4. INSPECTION.  The Company will permit the representatives
of the Purchaser, so long as the Purchaser holds any Note, or the
representatives of any other holder of the Notes (other than a holder which at
the time is in

                                     48


<PAGE>


direct competition with the Company), at the Purchaser's or such holder's
expense (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, in
which event at the Company's expense), to visit and inspect any of the
properties of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to examine all
their books of account and other financial records and reports related thereto,
to make copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss their respective affairs,
finances and accounts with their respective employees, officers and certified
public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may reasonably
be requested, PROVIDED, that any information concerning the Company's internal
operations or financial condition which is not public knowledge and which is so
designated by the Company in writing and disclosed hereafter by the Company
pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be kept confidential by the Purchasers, the
other holders of the Notes and their respective representatives in accordance
with such Purchaser's or holder's usual internal procedures and shall not be
used otherwise than in connection with the administration of the loans
contemplated hereby, except to the extent (a) it was known to the Purchaser or
such holder when received or (b) it is or hereafter becomes public knowledge or
becomes lawfully obtainable from other sources, or (c) the Purchaser or such
holder is compelled to disclose such information by judicial or administrative
process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, or (d)
such information is required by attorneys or accountants of such Purchaser or
holder or is to be disclosed to the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners, or (e) such duty as to confidentiality and non-use is waived by
the Company.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

          Section 9.1. NATURE OF EVENTS.  An "Event of Default" shall exist if
any of the following occurs and is continuing:

          (a)   any payment or prepayment of principal or premium, if any, 
      or interest on any Note  is not made on or before the date such 
      payment or prepayment is due, provided that if a payment or 
      prepayment made by the Company pursuant to wire transfer or similar 
      means is not received by virtue of a breakdown in such wire 
      transfer or other system beyond the control of the Company, the 
      failure of any Noteholder to receive such payment or prepay-

                                   49


<PAGE>


ment when due shall not constitute an Event of Default if and so long as the
Company uses its best efforts to correct such nonpayment;

          (b)  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to perform or
      observe any covenant applicable to it contained in Sections 7.4 through 
      7.18 and Section 7.21, and (if capable of cure) such failure shall 
      continue unremedied for a period of 15 days after the Company knew 
      or reasonably should have known about such failure;

          (c)  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with any
      other provision of this Agreement and such failure shall continue 
      30 days after the earlier of (i) the date the Company has knowledge 
      of such failure, and (ii) the date you give written notice to the 
      Company of such failure;

          (d)  any representation, warranty or statement by or on behalf of the
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary contained in this Agreement or 
      in any certificate, written statement or document, furnished by or 
      on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection 
      with the negotiation of this Agreement, the sale of the Notes or 
      the Company's performance of its obligations hereunder or 
      thereunder is, when taken together with all such representations, 
      warranties and statements, false or misleading in any material 
      respect;

          (e)  (1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to make any
      payment due in respect of any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed 
      (including any of the 1988 Notes) or any other security, which 
      failure shall continue beyond any applicable period of grace with 
      respect thereto, or (2) any event shall occur or any condition 
      shall exist in respect of any such Indebtedness or other security 
      of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or under any agreement 
      securing or relating to such Indebtedness or other security, the 
      effect of which is (i) to cause (or permit any holder of

                                       50


<PAGE>

      such indebtedness or other security, or a trustee for any such 
      holder, to cause) such Indebtedness or other security, or a portion 
      thereof, to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its 
      regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (ii) to permit a trustee 
      or the holder of any security of the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary (other than the Voting Securities of the Company or such 
      Restricted Subsidiary) to elect a majority of the directors on the 
      Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company or such 
      Restricted Subsidiary;

          (f)   any default or other event shall occur or any condition shall
      exist under any lease entered into by the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary having aggregate Rentals in excess of $1,000,000, which 
      default, event or condition continues beyond any applicable period 
      of grace with respect thereto, and the effect of such default, 
      event or condition is to cause or permit the lessor under any such 
      lease to terminate such lease or the rights of possession 
      thereunder of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or to 
      accelerate the maturity of unaccrued Rentals thereunder;

          (g)   a receiver, custodian, liquidator, or trustee of the Company or
      any Restricted Subsidiary or of any of the property of any of them, 
      shall be appointed by court order and such order shall remain 
      unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days; or the Company or any 
      Restricted Subsidiary shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, 
      or any substantial part of the property of any of them shall be 
      sequestered by court order and such order shall remain unstayed and 
      in effect for more than 60 days; or a petition shall be filed 
      against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any 
      bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment 
      of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, 
      whether now or hereafter in effect, and is not dismissed within 60 
      days after such filing;

                                      51

<PAGE>

          (h)   the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall commence a
      voluntary case under any provision of any bankruptcy, 
      reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, 
      dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or 
      hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for 
      relief in an involuntary case under any such law;
      
          (i)   the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall make an
      assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or shall be generally 
      unable to pay its debts as they become due, or shall petition for 
      or consent to the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee or 
      liquidator of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or of all or 
      any substantial part of the property of any of them;

          (j)   provided that any of the following actions could result in a
      Material Adverse Effect (with respect to the Company or any Related 
      Person), either (i) the plan administrator of any Plan shall file 
      notice, required under Section 4041 of ERISA, with the Pension 
      Benefit Guaranty Corporation of intent to terminate such Plan, (ii) 
      the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall institute 
      proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Plan, 
      (iii) the plan administrator of any Plan shall notify the Pension 
      Benefit Guaranty Corporation that the withdrawal of the Company or 
      any Related Person is, or is treated as, the withdrawal of a 
      substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA, 
      or (iv) the Company or any Related Person shall withdraw or 
      partially withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan;

          (k)   any order, judgment or decree shall be entered in any 
      proceeding against the Company decreeing the dissolution of the Company 
      and such order, judgment or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 
      more than 60 days;
      
                                       52

<PAGE>

          (l)      any order, judgment or decree shall be entered in any
      proceedings against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary 
      decreeing a split-up of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary 
      which requires the divestiture of a substantial part, or the 
      divestiture of the stock of a Restricted Subsidiary whose assets 
      constitute a substantial part, of the consolidated assets of the 
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and such order, judgment 
      or decree remains unstayed and in effect for more than 60 days; 
      and/or

          (m)      a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
      aggregating in excess of $500,000 is or are outstanding against one 
      or more of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any one 
      of such judgments has been outstanding for more than 60 days from 
      the date of its entry and has not been discharged in full or stayed 
      by writ of SUPERSEDEAS or otherwise.

          Section 9.2. DEFAULT REMEDIES.  If an Event of Default referred to in
paragraph (g), (h), (i) or (k) of Section 9.1 exists, automatically, or, in the
case of an Event of Default referred to in paragraph (a), at the option of any
holder of any Note then outstanding exercised by written notice to the Company,
or, in the case of any other Event of Default, at the option of the Directing
Noteholders exercised by written notice to the Company, the entire principal of
and all interest accrued on the Notes shall forthwith be due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived and, in addition to any other right, power or remedy
permitted to it by law, each such holder shall have the right to proceed to
enforce all other remedies available to it under this Agreement.  The Company
will forthwith pay to the holder of each such Note the entire principal of and
interest accrued on such Note, and, to the extent permitted by law, a premium
equal to the Make-Whole Amount at the time of such payment.  No course of
dealing on the part of any Noteholder nor any delay or failure on the part of
any Noteholder to exercise any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or
otherwise prejudice such holder's rights, powers and remedies.  If the Company
fails to pay when due the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note, or fails to comply with any other

                                       53

<PAGE>

provisions of this Agreement, the Company will pay to the holder of
such Note, to the extent permitted by law, such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses, including but not
limited to reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by such holder in
collecting any sums due on such Note or in otherwise enforcing any of
the holder's rights.

          At any time after the principal of, and interest accrued on, any Note
is declared due and payable (except pursuant to an automatic acceleration due to
the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in paragraph (g), (h), (i) or
(k) of Section 9.1 or an acceleration due to the occurrence of an Event of
Default referred to in Section 9.1(a)), and before a judgment or decree for
payment of the money due has been obtained, the Majority Holders, by written
notice to the Company, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if (a) the Company has paid (i) all overdue installments of
interest on all the Notes, (ii) the principal of and premium, if any, on any
Notes which have become due otherwise than by such declaration, (iii) interest
on such overdue principal and premium and (to the extent permitted by applicable
law) on any overdue installments of interest in respect of the Notes at the rate
per annum applicable to overdue payments on such Notes set forth in Section 1.1,
and (b) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of amounts which have
become due solely by such declaration, and all conditions and events which after
notice or lapse of time or both would constitute Events of Default have been
cured or waived as provided in Section 11.2. No such rescission and annulment
shall affect any subsequent declaration or impair any right consequent thereon.

          Section 9.3. NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  If any one or more of the Events of
Default specified in Section 9.1 shall occur, or if any one or more events which
with notice or lapse of time or both would become one or more Events of Default
shall occur, or if the holder of any Note or of any other evidence of
Indebtedness or other security of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the lessor under any lease referred to in Section 9.1(f)
gives any notice or takes any other action in respect to a claimed default, the
Company will forthwith, upon becoming aware of same, GIVE written notice thereof
to all holders of Notes then outstanding describing such Event of Default,
event, notice or action, the nature of the Event of Default, event or claimed
default and specifying what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto.

                                       54

<PAGE>

SECTION 10.  INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT AND NOTES.

          Section 10.1. DEFINITIONS.  For all purposes of this Agreement and the
Notes, the following definitions shall have the meanings herein specified and
shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural number the
singular:

          "AFFILIATE" means a Person which, directly or indirectly, 
      through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, 
      or is under common control with, the Company; PROVIDED, that the 
      term Affiliate shall not be deemed to include a Restricted 
      Subsidiary.  The term "control" (including the terms "controlled 
      by' and 'under common control with') means the possession, directly 
      or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the 
      management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership 
      of Voting Securities, by contract or otherwise.

          "AGREEMENT" means this Agreement, as the same may at any time be
      amended or modified and in effect.

          "APPLICABLE TREASURY YIELD" shall be determined by reference to (i)
      the display designated as "Page 678" on the Telerate Access Service 
      (or such other display as may replace Page 678 on the Telerate 
      Access Service) as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second 
      Business Day preceding the date fixed for the payment of Notes in 
      question, or (ii) if not reported as of such time or otherwise 
      unascertainable, the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical 
      Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two 
      Business Days prior to the date fixed for the payment of Notes in 
      question (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, 
      any publicly available source of similar market data), and shall 
      mean the yield reported on such Telerate Access Service, or most 
      recent weekly average yield, as the case may be, on actively traded 
      U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity
      
                                      55

<PAGE>

equal to the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Notes
(the "REMAINING LIFE"); provided that if the Remaining Life of such Notes is not
equal to the contract maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a yield or
weekly average yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Yield shall be obtained
by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from
the yield or weekly average yield of U.S. Treasury securities for which such
yields are given.

          "BANK LOAN AGREEMENT" means that certain Loan Agreement dated
      September 20, 1994, as amended, between the Company and Texas 
      Commerce Bank National Association.
      
          "BARMET OPTION" means that certain right of Barmet Aluminum
      Corporation ("Barmet") to purchase up to a 49% interest in IMCO 
      Recycling of Ohio Inc., a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to the 
      terms and conditions of that certain Supply Agreement dated 
      March 2, 1992, as amended, by and between the Company and Barmet.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means a day on which banks located in New 
      York City are not required or authorized by law or executive order 
      to remain closed.

          "CAPITALIZED LEASE" means a lease under which the obligation of the
      lessee would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
      principles consistently applied, be included in determining total 
      liabilities as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet of 
      the lessee.

          "CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "COMMON STOCK" of the Company means the Company's common stock, $.10
      par value.

                                       56

<PAGE>
          "COMPANY" means IMCO Recycling Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          "CONSOLIDATED CASH MAKE" for any period means the sum of:

          (a)  Consolidated Net Income for such period (minus, in the event of
      any sale or other disposition of the type referred to in S7.10 or 
      Section 7.11, other than to the Company or a Restricted
      Subsidiary, Net Income attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary (or
      reasonably attributable to any assets) so sold or otherwise disposed
      of for such period) plus expenses of the Company and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries in respect of interest on Indebtedness and expenses of
      the type set forth in (b)(v) of the definition of Net Income for such
      period (except for such expenses which were deducted in calculating
      Net Income for such period and were attributable to assets sold or
      otherwise disposed of in a transaction of the type referred to in
      Section 7.10 or Section 7.11, other than to the Company or a
      Restricted Subsidiary, attributable to the assets or securities so
      sold); and

          (b)  (without duplication of any amounts included for such period
      pursuant to (a) above) as to any corporation or other entity which 
      became a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of such period, 
      or part or all of the assets of which were acquired by the Company 
      or a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of such period, its 
      Net Income during such period prior to the date on which it became 
      a Restricted Subsidiary or the Net Income reasonably attributable 
      to such assets during the period prior to the acquisition thereof 
      without, in either case, any deduction for interest charges on 
      Indebtedness of such corporation or other entity or for 
      depreciation and amortization of such acquired assets, provided 
      that if during such period the

                                      57


<PAGE>


          proceeds from any sale or other disposition of the type referred to in
          Section 7.10 or Section 7.11 (other than to the Company or a
          Restricted Subsidiary) have been utilized to acquire such corporation
          or such assets, the Net Income of such corporation or the Net Income
          reasonably attributable to such assets included in Consolidated Cash
          Make pursuant to this clause (b) shall be reduced by the amount of the
          contribution, if any, to Consolidated Net Income made during such
          period by such proceeds.

          "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" and "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES"
      mean, at any date, the aggregate of the Current Assets and Current 
      Liabilities, respectively, of the Company and its Restricted 
      Subsidiaries after eliminating all intercompany items in accordance 
      with generally accepted accounting principles.

          "CONSOLIDATED FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" means the aggregate of the Funded
      Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after 
      eliminating all inter-company items, and otherwise computed, in 
      accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; PROVIDED, 
      that for purposes of computing Consolidated Funded Indebtedness 
      prior to the Second Closing Date, such term shall be deemed to 
      include $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Eleven and 
      One-Half Year Notes as though the same had been issued in full on 
      the First Closing Date.

          "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means the aggregate of all 
      interest charges on Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted 
      Subsidiaries after eliminating all intercompany items, and 
      otherwise computed, in accordance with generally accepted 
      accounting principles.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the aggregate of the
      Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after


                                       58

<PAGE>

      eliminating all minority interests and intercompany items and 
      otherwise computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
      principles, but excluding in any event (i) Net Income of any 
      Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date it became a Restricted 
      Subsidiary, (ii) Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary which by 
      reason of legal or contractual restrictions is unavailable for 
      payment of dividends to the Company or any other Restricted 
      Subsidiary, (iii) Net Income of any Person, other than a Restricted 
      Subsidiary, in which the Company or one or more Restricted 
      Subsidiaries has an ownership interest unless such Net Income shall 
      have actually been received by the Company or such Restricted 
      Subsidiary in the form of cash dividends or similar cash 
      distributions or shall represent declared cash dividends 
      receivable, and (iv) Net Income of any Person, substantially all 
      the properties and assets of which have been acquired, directly or 
      indirectly, in any manner by the Company or any Restricted 
      Subsidiary, realized by such Person prior to such acquisition.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET TANGIBLE ASSETS" means, at any date, the aggregate
      amount of all assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries 
      after deducting therefrom (i) depreciation, depletion, 
      obsolescence, amortization, valuation, contingency and other proper 
      reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
      principles, (ii) Consolidated Current Liabilities, (iii) Restricted 
      Investments and Investments referred to in Section 7.13(e) and (i), 
      (iv) that portion of the book amount of all such assets which would 
      be treated as intangible assets under generally accepted accounting 
      principles, including without limitation, all such items as 
      goodwill, trade marks, trade names, brand names, copyrights, 
      patents, licenses and rights with respect to the foregoing, 
      write-up of assets subsequent to June 30, 1995 and unamortized debt 
      discount and expenses, and (v) all long term liabilities other than 
      Funded Indebtedness; PROVIDED that, solely for

                                     59


<PAGE>

      purposes of Section 7.4(j)(i), for purposes of computing 
      Consolidated Net Tangible Assets prior to the Second Closing Date, 
      such term shall be deemed to include $15,000,000 aggregate 
      principal amount of the Eleven and One-Half Year Notes as though 
      the same had been issued in full on the First Closing Date and that 
      the Company had received $15,000,000 cash in proceeds from such 
      issuance.
      
          "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" shall mean the amount of the Company's
      stockholder's equity (including all preferred stock) determined on 
      a consolidated basis (excluding Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in 
      accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
      consistently applied.

          "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, at any date, (a) the
      aggregate of all assets (less reserves for depreciation, depletion, 
      obsolescence, amortization, valuation and any other reserves which 
      are properly deductible therefrom under generally accepted 
      accounting principles) which, in accordance with generally accepted 
      accounting principles, would be included on the asset side of a 
      balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but 
      in any event excluding all assets constituting (i) franchises, 
      licenses, permits, patents, patent applications, copyrights, 
      trademarks, trade names, goodwill, research development, 
      experimental and organizational expense and all other assets which 
      would be classified as intangible assets under generally accepted 
      accounting principles, (ii) unamortized debt discount and expenses 
      of issuance of Indebtedness, (iii) write-ups of assets subsequent 
      to June 30, 1995, (iv) deferred assets, other than prepaid 
      insurance and prepaid taxes classified as current assets in 
      accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (v) 
      treasury shares, if any, and (vi) Restricted Investments and 
      Investments referred to in Section 7.13(e) and (i), less (b) the 
      aggregate of all Indebtedness, liabilities, deferred taxes and 
      other items which, in

                                    60


<PAGE>


      accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, would be 
      included on the liability side of such balance sheet (except 
      capital stock (including all Preferred Stock), capital surplus and 
      retained earnings).

          "CONSOLIDATED TOTAL ASSETS" means, at any date and determined in
      accordance with generally accepted-accounting principles, the 
      aggregate of all assets of the Company and its Restricted 
      Subsidiaries.
      
          "CONSOLIDATED WORKING CAPITAL" means, at any date, the excess of
      Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.

          "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION" means any obligation, covenant or condition
      contained in any evidence of Indebtedness or any agreement or 
      instrument under or pursuant to which such evidence of Indebtedness 
      has been issued, or any other agreement or instrument to which the 
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which they or 
      any of their properties or assets are bound.

          "CURRENT ASSETS" means, at any date, for any Person (i) cash and cash
      items in any bank or trust company, on hand or in transit, (ii) 
      good and collectible notes, trade acceptances, accounts and bills 
      receivable not more than 59 days overdue taken at their face value, 
      (iii) inventories, stated at the lower of cost and fair market 
      value, (iv) prepaid costs and expenses, (v) advances and 
      prepayments to suppliers and (vi) Investments described in clauses 
      (a) through (c) of Section 7.13, stated at the lower of cost and 
      current market value or, if there is no ascertainable current 
      market value for any such Investment, at the lower of cost and fair 
      value, but in each case only to the extent that such items would 
      be classified as current assets in accordance with generally 
      accepted accounting principles and all after deduction of 
      appropriate depreciation, depletion, obsolescence, amortization, 
      valuation, contingency and other proper reserves in accordance with 
      generally
      
                                       61

<PAGE>

      accepted accounting principles and after deduction of all assets located
      outside the United States of America.

          "CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, at any date, for any Person (i) all
      Indebtedness payable on demand or maturing within one year from the 
      date as of which Current Liabilities are to be determined, and (ii) 
      all other items (including taxes accrued as estimated) which in 
      accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be 
      included as current liabilities on the liability side of a balance 
      sheet of such Person as of the date of such determination, except 
      all repayments, including final maturities, sinking fund payments, 
      installment maturities, serial maturities and prepayments required 
      to be made within one year from such date of determination in 
      respect of any Funded Indebtedness (including the Notes and the 
      1988 Notes).
      
          "DIRECTING NOTEHOLDERS" means the holders of not less 
      than 33-1/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time 
      outstanding.
      
          "DISCOUNT RATE" shall mean an interest rate computed in accordance
      with generally accepted financial practice equal to the sum of (i) 
      the Applicable Treasury Yield and (ii) 0.50% per annum.
      
          "ELEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEAR NOTES" has the meaning set forth in 
      Section 1.1(b).

          "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any and all Federal, state, local, and
      foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, 
      orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, 
      licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to 
      pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of 
      any materials into the environment, including but not limited to 
      those related to hazardous

                                      62


<PAGE>


      substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or 
      public systems.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 
      of 1974, as amended.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means one of the Events of Default 
      enumerated in Section 9.1.

          "FIRM OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS" means Ernst and 
      Young LLP, Arthur Andersen & Co., Coopers & Lybrand, Deloitte & 
      Touche LLP, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Price Waterhouse & Co., or any 
      other nationally recognized firm of certified public accountants 
      satisfactory to the Majority Noteholders, PROVIDED that such firm 
      is independent with respect to the Person or Persons whose 
      financial statements it examines in accordance with this Agreement.
      
          "FIRST CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

          "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" means, at any date, for any Person (i) all
      Indebtedness of such Person which by its terms matures one year or 
      more from the date of creation thereof, including all repayments 
      (including final maturities, sinking fund payments, installment 
      maturities and serial maturities) and prepayments required to be 
      made within one year after such date of determination in respect of 
      such Indebtedness (including the Notes and the 1988 Notes), and 
      (ii) any Indebtedness maturing within one year from the date of 
      determination which may be renewed or extended at the option of the 
      obligor, whether or not theretofore renewed or extended.

          "GOVERNMENT" means the government of the United States of America, the
      government of any other nation, any political subdivision of the 
      United States of America or any such other nation (including, 
      without limitation, any state, province, territory, federal 
      district, municipality or possession) and any department, agency or 
      instrumentality thereof;

                                       63

<PAGE>

      and "GOVERNMENTAL" means of, by, or pertaining to, any Government.

          "GUARANTY" means, at any date, for any Person all obligations of such
      Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, 
      leases, dividends or other obligations of any other Person (the 
      "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, 
      including, without in any respect limiting the generality of the 
      foregoing, obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or 
      otherwise, by such particular Person (a) to purchase such 
      Indebtedness or other obligation or any properties or assets 
      constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) 
      for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or other 
      obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital or 
      any other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make 
      available funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or 
      other obligation, (c) to lease property or to purchase property, 
      securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the 
      owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the ability of 
      the primary obligor to make payment of the Indebtedness or other 
      obligation or (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Indebtedness 
      or obligation against loss in respect thereof.

          "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means, collectively, all gasoline, petroleum
      products, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials, 
      hazardous wastes, hazardous or toxic substances, polychlorinated 
      biphenyls or related or similar materials, asbestos or any 
      materials containing asbestos, or any other substance or materials 
      as may be defined or listed as a hazardous or toxic substance by 
      any Federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule or 
      regulation including, without limitation, the Comprehensive 
      Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as 
      amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous

                                       64

<PAGE>

      Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Section 1801, 
      et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended 
      (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution 
      Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.) and the Clean Air Act 
      (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.) or in the regulations promulgated 
       pursuant thereto.

          "INDEBTEDNESS" means, at any date, for any Person all items (other
      than capital stock, capital surplus, retained earnings, deferred 
      taxes and deferred credits) which in accordance with generally 
      accepted accounting principles would be included in determining 
      total liabilities as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet 
      of such Person as at the date on which Indebtedness is to be 
      determined, but in any event including, without in any respect 
      limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) indebtedness, 
      obligations and liabilities secured by any Lien existing on 
      property owned by such Person and subject to such Lien whether or 
      not the indebtedness, obligation or liability secured thereby shall 
      have been assumed, (b) Capitalized Leases, (c) all Swaps and (d) 
      all Guaranties in the amounts of the Indebtedness of primary 
      obligors to which they relate (and such Indebtedness shall 
      determine for all purposes the classification of the Guaranties 
      thereof as Funded Indebtedness or Current Liabilities); PROVIDED, 
      HOWEVER, that in any computation of Indebtedness where Indebtedness 
      of a primary obligor is included, there shall not be included in 
      such computation any Guaranty of such Indebtedness.

          "INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED" means, at any date, for any Person
      any obligation (a) for borrowed money or (b) evidenced by a 
      promissory note, debenture or other like written obligation to pay 
      money or Guaranties of such Person of any such obligations of other 
      Persons.

          "INVESTMENTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13.

                                       65


<PAGE>
          "LIENS" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6.

          "MAJORITY NOTEHOLDERS" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

          "MAKE-WHOLE AMOUNT" means with respect to any prepayment or payment 
      of the Notes as to which a Make-Whole Amount is payable, the excess, 
      if any, and in any case not less than zero, of (i) the present 
      value, discounted semi-annually at the Discount Rate, of the 
      required principal payments of such Notes thereafter required to be 
      made and the remaining scheduled interest payments on and in 
      respect of such Notes from the respective dates on which such 
      principal payments and interest payments are payable, with all such 
      discounts to be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 
      30-day months, over (ii) the principal amount of such Notes being 
      prepaid.  The calculations upon which any such Make-Whole Amount 
      shall be based shall be set forth in a written document submitted 
      to the Company and shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive and 
      binding on the Company.

          "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any circumstance or event which
      individually or in the aggregate (i) has or is reasonably likely to 
      have an adverse effect upon the validity, performance or 
      enforceability of this Agreement, (ii) is or is reasonably likely 
      to be material and adverse to the condition, financial or 
      otherwise, properties or prospects or business operations of the 
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, 
      or (iii) impairs or is reasonably likely to impair the ability of 
      the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

          "MORTGAGED PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in each Mortgage.

          "MORTGAGES" means the "Mortgages" as defined in the 1988 Note Purchase
      Agreement.

                                      66


<PAGE>

          "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in
      Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which contributions are or have been 
      required to be made by the Company or any Related Person.
      
          "NET INCOME" of any Person means, for any period, the net income (or
      the net deficit) of such Person for such period, determined in the 
      following manner:

             (a)   The gross revenues and other proper income 
         credits of such Person shall be computed for such period in 
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, PROVIDED, 
         HOWEVER, that in any event there shall not be included in such 
         gross revenues and income credits any of the following items: (i) 
         any proceeds of any life insurance policy; (ii) any restoration to 
         income of any contingency or other reserve, except to the extent 
         that provision for such contingency or other reserve shall have 
         been made from earnings accrued subsequent to September 30, 1995 
         (or, in the case of any corporation which becomes a Restricted 
         Subsidiary after such date, accrued subsequent to the date it 
         became a Restricted Subsidiary); (iii) any gain arising from any 
         sale of capital assets or the write-up of any assets or any gain 
         from the acquisition or retirement or sale of securities of such 
         Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other gain 
         arising from or represented by items which would be accounted for 
         as extraordinary items in accordance with generally accepted 
         accounting principles; and (iv) any deferred credit, or 
         amortization thereof, arising from the acquisition of any other 
         Person or arising from the acquisition, directly or indirectly in 
         any manner, of substantially all of the properties and assets of 
         any other Person; and

                                       67

<PAGE>

             (b)   From the amount of such gross revenues  and other 
         proper income credits for such period determined as provided in the 
         preceding clause (a), there shall be deducted an amount equal to 
         the aggregate of all expenses and other proper income charges 
         (exclusive of any losses arising from any write-down or abandonment 
         of any assets and of any losses arising from the sale of any 
         capital assets) for such period, determined in accordance with 
         generally accepted accounting principles, but in any event 
         including (without in any respect limiting the generality of the 
         foregoing) the following items: (i) all interest on Indebtedness 
         and all rental charges; (ii) amortization of debt discount and 
         expenses of issuance and amortization of all other deferred charges 
         properly subject to amortization; (iii) provision for all taxes, 
         whether in respect of property, income, excess profits or 
         otherwise, accrued in respect of any period subsequent to September 
         30, 1995 and payments in excess of prior periods' provisions for 
         taxes applicable to prior periods; (iv) provisions for all 
         contingency, valuation and other proper reserves; (v) provision for 
         depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and amortization of the 
         properties of such Person (including depreciation and amortization 
         of leasehold improvements and amortization of purchased technology, 
         patents and the excess of cost over net assets of businesses 
         purchased) in amounts in the aggregate not less than the greater of 
         (y) those actually deducted on its books and (z) the amounts which 
         would be deducted in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
         principles; and (vi) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of 
         all reductions or savings in income taxes resulting from the Person 
         having claimed depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and/or 
         amortization for income tax purposes in 

                                       68


<PAGE>

         excess of the amounts actually deducted on its books over the 
         aggregate amount of all increases in income taxes resulting from 
         the amounts charged by such Person for income tax purposes on 
         account of depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and/or 
         amortization being less than the amounts actually deducted on its 
         books (due to such Person having elected to deduct for income tax 
         purposes accelerated depreciation, depletion obsolescence and/or 
         amortization in prior years and having so exhausted or diminished 
         the amounts otherwise permitted to be deducted on such account); 
         PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, except as provided in clause (b)(iii) 
         above, in determining the amounts to be included in clauses (a) and 
         (b) above no federal tax adjustments for any period prior to 
         October 1, 1995 shall be a proper charge or credit to income for 
         any period subsequent to September 30, 1995, and any federal tax 
         adjustments for any period subsequent to September 30, 1995 shall 
         be included as a proper charge or credit to income for the year in 
         which actually finally determined, except to the extent, if any, to 
         which the amount of such adjustment is charged to a proper reserve 
         for federal taxes set up out of income for any period subsequent to 
         September 30, 1995.

          "1934 ACT" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "1988 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means each of the Note Purchase
      Agreements, dated as of December 15, 1988, as amended, between the 
      Company and each of The Mutual Life insurance Company of New York 
      and MONY Life Insurance Company of America.
      
          "1988 NOTES" means the 11.58% secured promissory notes 
      due December 1, 1998 of the Company issued pursuant to the 1988 
      Note Purchase Agreement.

                                      69

<PAGE>

          "NOTE" and "NOTES" have the respective meanings set forth in Section
      1.1.

          "NOTEHOLDER" means the person in whose name a Note has been registered
      by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1, except that until such Note 
      has been so registered, the term Noteholder shall mean the person 
      in whose name any such Note was,issued.
      
          "OCCUPANT" means any tenant, subtenant, occupant, prior tenant, prior
      subtenant, prior occupant or other person in possession of or 
      occupying property owned, leased or otherwise occupied by the 
      Company or any Subsidiary.

          "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
      liability company, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated 
      organization, Government or Governmental body.
      
          "PLAN" means any employee benefit plan or other plan (i) established
      or maintained for the benefit of employees of the Company or any 
      Related Person or to which the Company or any Related Person makes 
      any contribution and (ii) to which Title IV of ERISA applies.

          "PREFERRED STOCK" means capital stock of any class or classes (however
      designated) of a corporation which is preferred as to the payment 
      of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets on any voluntary 
      or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation over 
      shares of stock of any other class of such corporation or which is 
      subject to any requirement of mandatory redemption by such 
      corporation (whether through the operation of any sinking fund or 
      otherwise).
      
          "PREPAYMENTS" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

          "PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED DEBT SERVICE" means the aggregate amount
      payable during the period of the next four consecutive fiscal

                                    70


<PAGE>

      quarters of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, beginning 
      subsequent to the date on which such determination is made, in 
      respect of interest on Indebtedness and in respect of required 
      payments and prepayments of the principal of, and premium, if any, 
      on, Indebtedness, PROVIDED that, in the case of any Indebtedness 
      which provides for the payment of interest thereon at a rate which 
      fluctuates, the interest in respect thereof which shall be included 
      in Pro Forma Consolidated Debt Service shall be computed on the 
      basis of the higher of (x) the interest rate in effect at the time 
      of any such determination of Pro Forma Consolidated Debt Service 
      and (y) the maximum interest rate which may be borne by such 
      Indebtedness, if by its terms such maximum interest rate is 
      established, except for any maximum interest rate established 
      solely in order to ensure compliance with applicable usury laws.
      
          "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" has the meaning assigned to that term in
      Title I of ERISA or in Section 4975 of the Code.

          "PURCHASER" has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this
      Agreement.

          "RELATED PERSON" means any corporation or unincorporated trade or
      business which is controlled by, or under common control with, the 
      Company within the meaning of sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.
      
          "RENTALS" means, for any period, for any Person the aggregate fixed
      amounts (other than amounts required to be capitalized and included 
      in Indebtedness in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
      principles) payable by such Person as lessee under any lease having 
      a remaining term in excess of one year from the date of 
      determination, including extensions and renewals at the option of 
      the lessor but shall not include any amounts required to be paid by 
      such lessee (whether or not designated in such lease as rentals or 
      additional rentals) in respect of maintenance,

                                       71

<PAGE>

      repairs, income taxes, property taxes, insurance, assessments, 
      amortization or other similar charges.
      
          "REPORTABLE EVENT" has the meaning assigned to that term in Title IV
      of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" means any applicable term, condition 
      or provision of any law (including, without limitation, any 
      Environmental Law), or of any rule, regulation, order, writ, 
      injunction or decree of any court or Government, domestic or 
      foreign, or of any decision or ruling of any arbitrator, or of the 
      certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any 
      Restricted Subsidiary.
      
          "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means any Investment not permitted pursuant to
      Section 7.13(a) through (e) and (g) through (i), inclusive.

          "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.7.

          "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary which is not an
      Unrestricted Subsidiary.  A Subsidiary which becomes a Restricted 
      Subsidiary shall remain so for all purposes of this Agreement, and 
      may not be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
      
          "SECOND CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "STOCK OPTION PLAN" means the stock option plans of the Company under
      which shares of Common Stock of the Company shall be reserved for 
      purchase options of officers, directors, employees and agents of 
      the Company, as the same may be modified and in effect from time to 
      time.

                                       72

<PAGE>

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, at any date, any corporation, partnership, trust,
      limited liability company, limited partnership or similar entity 
      (a) at least a majority of the outstanding capital stock or equity 
      interests having ordinary voting power of which, except directors' 
      qualifying shares (as required by law), is directly or indirectly 
      owned by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries, (b) which is 
      incorporated or organized, as the case may be, under the laws of 
      any State of the United States or the District of Columbia or under 
      the laws of the Dominion of Canada or any province thereof, and (c) 
      which maintains all or substantially all of its properties and 
      .assets within the United States or any territory thereof or the 
      Dominion of Canada.
      
          "SWAPS" means, with respect to any Person, payment obligations with
      respect to interest rate swaps, currency swaps and similar 
      obligations obligating such Person to make payments, whether 
      periodically or upon the happening of a contingency.  For the 
      purposes of this Agreement, the amount of the obligation under any 
      Swap shall be the amount determined in respect thereof as of the 
      end of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person, 
      based on the assumption that such Swap had terminated at the end of 
      such fiscal quarter, and in making such determination, if any 
      agreement relating to such Swap provides for the netting of amounts 
      payable by and to such Person thereunder or if any such agreement 
      provides for the simultaneous payment of amounts by and to such 
      Person, then in each such case, the amount of such obligation shall 
      be the net amount so determined.

          "TERMINATION OR WITHDRAWAL EVENT" means (a) the filing of a notice of
      intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA, (b) any 
      other event or condition which might constitute grounds under 
      Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or for the 
      appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan, (c) the 
      institution by the Pension

                                       73


<PAGE>

      Benefit Guaranty Corporation of proceedings to terminate any Plan 
      or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan, (d) the 
      filing of a notice by the plan administrator that the withdrawal of 
      the Company or any Related Person is, or is treated as, the 
      withdrawal of a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 
      4063 of ERISA, (e) the withdrawal of the Company or a Related 
      Person from any Multiemployer Plan or a "complete withdrawal" or a 
      "partial withdrawal" within the meaning of Subtitle E of Title IV 
      of ERISA, or (f) the involvement of the Company or a Related Person 
      in a situation referred to in Section 4204 of ERISA.
      
          "TWELVE YEAR NOTES" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).

          "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary designated as such by
      the Company to the Noteholders.  A Subsidiary designated as an 
      Unrestricted Subsidiary shall remain so for all purposes of this 
      Agreement, and may not be designated or become a Restricted 
      Subsidiary.

          "VOTING SECURITIES" means capital stock of any class or classes of a
      corporation, or other equity interests in any other Person, having 
      general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a 
      majority of the board of directors of such corporation, or persons 
      performing similar functions in such corporation or other Person 
      (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock or other 
      securities of any other class or classes shall have or might have 
      special voting power or rights by reason of the happening of any 
      contingency).

          "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" of any obligation means as of the
      date of the determination thereof the number of years obtained by 
      dividing the then Remaining Dollar Years of such obligation by the 
      then outstanding principal amount of such obligation.  The term 
      "Remaining Dollar Years"

                                       74


<PAGE>

      of any obligation means as of the date of determination thereof the
      amount obtained by (a) multiplying the principal amount of each then
      remaining sinking fund, serial maturity, installment maturity or other
      required repayment or redemption, including repayment at final
      maturity, by the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-
      twelfth) which will elapse between such date of determination and the
      date of that repayment or redemption and (b) totaling all of the
      products obtained in (a).

          "WHOLLY-OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means, at any 
      time, any Restricted Subsidiary one hundred percent (100%) of 
      all of the equity interests (except directors' qualifying
      shares) and voting interests of which are owned by any one or more 
      of the Company and the Company's other Wholly-owned Restricted
      Subsidiaries at such time.

          Section 10.2. ACCOUNTING TERMS.  All accounting terms used herein
which are not otherwise expressly defined shall have the meanings 
respectively given to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  If because of a change in generally accepted accounting 
principles an Event of Default would exist under this Agreement, the Company 
and the Purchaser will, in good faith, mutually discuss the effects of such 
changes on the covenants contained in this Agreement and the possibility of 
amending or modifying such covenants to eliminate such Event of Default.

          Section 10.3. NEW YORK LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES ISSUED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.

          Section 10.4. HEADINGS.  The headings of the sections and subsections
of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to
constitute a part hereof.

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          Section 11.1. COMMUNICATIONS.  Subject to Section 3.4, all 
communications provided for under this Agreement or under the Notes shall be 
in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered or 
mailed by registered 

                                     75

<PAGE>

or certified mail postage prepaid or, to the extent receipt is confirmed, by 
telecopy, telefax or other electronic transmission service:

          (a)      if to the Purchaser, at the Purchaser's address or telecopy
      number set forth in Schedule I to this Agreement, as such address 
      or telecopy number may be changed from time to time by written 
      notice to the Company; or
      
          (b)      if to the Company at its office at 5215 North O'Connor
      Boulevard, Suite 940, Central Tower at Williams Square, Irving, 
      Texas 75039, marked for attention to Mr. Paul V. Dufour, Telecopy 
      Number: (214) 869-6556, as such address or telecopy number may be 
      changed from time to;time in accordance with Section 7.1 by written 
      notice to the Purchasers and the holders of the Notes; or

          (c)      if to any holder of a Note, at the address or telecopy number
      of such holder as it appears on the register maintained as provided 
      in Section 3.1 (which address or telecopy number, in the case of a 
      Purchaser, initially shall be the address or telecopy number of 
      such Purchaser specified in clause (a) of this Section 11.1) as such 
      address or telecopy number may be changed by such holder from time 
      to time by written notice to the Company.

      Section 11.2. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER. (a) Any term, covenant, agreement
or condition of this Agreement may, with the consent of the Company, be amended,
or compliance therewith may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), by and only by one or more
substantially concurrent written instruments signed by the holders of not less
than 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding
(the "Majority Noteholders"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment or
waiver shall, without the consent in writing of the holders of all of the Notes
at the time outstanding, subordinate or change the amount of, or the date of
final maturity of, the principal of any of the Notes, or change the amount of,
or the time of payment of, any installment of principal of any of the Notes, or
change the rate of, or the time of payment of, interest on any of

                                       76


<PAGE>

the Notes, or change the amount of any premium payable upon any prepayment of
the Notes, or amend any provision of 59, or change the percentage of holders of
Notes required to approve any such amendment or effectuate any such waiver.  Any
amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to all
holders of the Notes and shall be binding upon them, upon each future holder of
any Note and upon the Company.

          (b)      The Company will give prompt notice to all holders of the
Notes of the effectiveness of any amendment or waiver entered into in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 11.2. Such notice shall state the terms of
any such amendment or waiver and shall be accompanied by at least two conformed
copies (which may be composite conformed copies) of each written instrument
which embodies such amendment or waiver.

          Section 11.3. EXPENSES.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement shall be consummated, the Company will (a) pay all your
reasonable expenses incident thereto and all reasonable expenses of all holders
of Notes incident to any modification, amendment, waiver or alteration of the
terms or provisions of this Agreement or of the Notes, and to any such
modification, amendment, waiver or alteration proposed or initiated by the
Company, whether or not effected, including in each case, but not limited to,
your or such holders' out-of-pocket expenses, the costs of delivery of your or
such holders' Notes (and insurance with respect to such delivery to your or such
holders' home office or offices or the office or offices of your or such
holders' nominee or nominees, and the fees and disbursements of your or such
holders' special counsel; (b) pay all printing and/or word processing costs in
connection therewith or in connection with any such modification, amendment,
waiver or alteration or any such proposed modification, amendment, waiver or
alteration; and (c) pay any and all taxes in connection with the issuance, sale,
and delivery of the Notes and in connection with any modification, amendment,
waiver or alteration of this Agreement or the Notes and save the Purchaser and
any subsequent holders of the Notes harmless without limitation as to time
against any and all liabilities (including any interest or penalty for non-
payment or delay in payment) with respect to all such taxes (other than transfer
taxes on a transfer thereof).  The obligations of the Company under this Section
11.3 shall survive the payment or prepayment of the Notes and the termination of
this Agreement.

                                       77

<PAGE>

          Section 11.4. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing one
or more counterparts.

          Section 11.5. SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.  All
covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and statements by or on
behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary made herein or in any
certificate, written statement, document or other instrument furnished by or on
behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to you in connection with the
negotiation of this Agreement, the sale of the Notes or the Company's
performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or otherwise furnished to
you in compliance with this Agreement, subject to the following, shall be
considered to have been relied upon by you and shall survive the issuance and
delivery of the Notes to you and the payment therefor regardless of any
investigation made by you or on your behalf.  All statements in such
certificates, statements, documents or other instruments shall constitute
warranties and representations of the Company hereunder to the extent set forth
therein.

          Section 11.6. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties made herein shall bind, and inure to the benefit
of, the successors and assigns of the Company, whether so expressed or not, and
all such covenants, agreements, representations and warranties shall bind, and
inure to the benefit of, your successors and assigns.  All provisions of this
Agreement are intended to be for the benefit of all holders, from time to time,
of the Notes issued pursuant hereto and shall be enforceable by any such holder,
whether or not an express assignment to such holder of rights under this
Agreement has been made by you, or any of your successors or assigns.

          Section 11.7. SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement or the
Notes which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or
thereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall
not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                                       78


<PAGE>

          If the foregoing is satisfactory to you, will you please sign the form
of acceptance on the enclosed counterparts of this Agreement and forward the
same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement will become a binding
agreement between us.

                                        Very truly yours,
                              
                                        IMCO RECYCLING INC.
                              

                                        By:  /s/ JAMES B. WALBURG
                                             ----------------------
                                             Title

The foregoing Agreement is
     hereby accepted, as of
     the date first above written.


THE MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
          OF NEW YORK


By:   /s/ PETER W. OLIVER
    --------------------------
         Peter W. Oliver
        Managing Director




<PAGE>
                  FIFTH AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into 
effective as of the 29th day of November, 1995, by and among IMCO Recycling 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), The Mutual Life Insurance 
Company of New York ("MONY") and MONY Life Insurance Company of America 
("MLICA").

                             W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Company, MONY and MLICA are parties to that certain 
Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1988, as heretofore amended 
(the "1988 Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company sold and MONY and MLICA 
collectively purchased $2,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 
10.29% Secured Promissory Notes due December 1, 1993, $2,500,000 aggregate 
principal amount of its 10.37% Secured Promissory Notes due December 1, 1994, 
and $8,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.58% Secured Promissory 
Notes due December 1, 1998 (collectively, the "1988 Notes"); and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Agreement in 
accordance with Section 11.2 thereof as set forth herein;

         NOW THEREFORE, FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual promises and 
covenants set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the 
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto 
agree as follows:

         1.   AMENDMENTS.  The following Sections of the Agreement are each 
amended as follows:

         (A)  Section 7.1 is amended by deleting the language "4300-E Texas 
Commerce Bank Tower, 2200 Ross Avenue, LB 169, Dallas, Texas 75201," in the 
fifth line thereof and substituting in its place the following language:

         "5215 North O'Connor Boulevard, Suite 940, Central Tower at Williams
Square, Irving, Texas 75039,".

         (B)  Section 7.2 is amended by deleting the two references to 
"$100,000" in the proviso thereto with the term "$500,000".

<PAGE>

         (C) Section 7.3 is amended as follows:

         (i)  subparagraph (b) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "(b) keep adequately insured, by financially sound and reputable 
     insurers, all of its properties, assets and operations of a character 
     usually insured by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same
     or a similar business similarly situated against loss or damage of the 
     kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by such Persons and
     carry, with such insurers in customary amounts, such other insurance,
     including without limitation public and product liability insurance, 
     business interruption insurance (if available at commercially reasonable
     rates) and workers compensation insurance (except that the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary may self-insure workers compensation liability
     to the extent permitted by applicable state law), as is usually carried 
     by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or a similar 
     business similarly situated"; and

         (ii) subparagraph (f) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "(f) not enter into, or allow any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into,
     the ownership, active management or operation of any business which is 
     not a business related to the recovery of nonferrous metals;".

     (D) Section 7.4 is amended as follows:

     (i) subparagraph (a) is amended by replacing the term "1986" in the 
     second line thereof with the term "1995";

     (ii) subparagraph (b) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the 
     language "[intentionally omitted]";

     (iii) subparagraph (c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:



                                      2

<PAGE>


     "Current Liabilities of the Company constituting Indebtedness for Money
     Borrowed not overdue and not at the time of incurrence thereof in the 
     aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $10,000,000, PROVIDED
     that during the 14-month period commencing on October 31, 1995, and each
     consecutive 14-month period commencing on the first day of each month 
     thereafter, the Company will eliminate and be free of all such Current
     Liabilities for a period of at least 60 consecutive days";

     (iv) subparagraph (d) is amended by replacing all references to 
     "September 30, 1988" with November 29, 1995, and by inserting the phrase
     "to the 1995 Agreement" after the phrase "Exhibit B" in the third line 
     thereof;

     (v)  subparagraph (g) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "(g) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company
     or to any other Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of 
     the Company owing to its Restricted Subsidiary, IMCO Management 
     Partnership L.P., a Texas limited partnership;"

     (vi) subparagraph (k) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "additional Funded Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted 
     Subsidiary, PROVIDED HOWEVER, that immediately after giving effect to 
     the creation, incurrence or assumption of such additional Funded 
     Indebtedness and to the application of any proceeds thereof:

               (i)  Consolidated Funded Indebtedness shall not exceed 45% of 
         Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time prior to December 1, 1998;
         and from and after December 1, 1998, Consolidated Funded Indebtedness
         shall not exceed 40% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

               (ii) the ratio of the aggregate Consolidated Cash Make for the

                                      3

<PAGE>

         immediately preceding four fiscal quarters of the Company to PRO 
         Forma Consolidated Debt Service shall not be less than 1.2 to 1; and

               (iii) in the case of Funded Indebtedness of Restricted 
         Subsidiaries, the sum of (A) such Funded Indebtedness, together with 
         all other Funded Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries then 
         outstanding, plus, without duplication, (B) the outstanding principal
         amount of all Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.4(l), shall not 
         exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such time of 
         determination; and"

         (vii) subparagraph (l) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

               "(l) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
         the seller of property in respect of the purchase by the Company or 
         such Restricted Subsidiary of such property to be used in the 
         ordinary course of the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's 
         business, provided that the sum of (i) such Indebtedness, together
         with all other Indebtedness permitted by this Section 7.4(l) then 
         outstanding, plus, without duplication, (ii) the outstanding 
         principal amount of Funded Indebtedness of Restricted
         Subsidiaries, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible 
         Assets at such time of determination and provided, further, that 
         in the event such Indebtedness shall by its terms mature more 
         than one year from the incurrence thereof, immediately after 
         giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Company can incur an
         additional $1.00 of Funded Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.4(k)."

         Section 7.4 is further amended by adding the

                                       4


<PAGE>

         following language at the end thereof:

         "Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 7.4 to 
         the contrary, neither IMCO Investment Company nor IMCO 
         Management Partnership, L.P. will create, incur, assume 
         or in any manner become liable, contingently or 
         otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness for Money 
         Borrowed other than Indebtedness for Money Borrowed owing 
         to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary."

         (E)   Section 7.5 is amended by inserting the term "(i)" after the 
word "than" in the fourth line thereof and by adding the following language 
to the end thereof:

         ", (ii) Guaranties by the Company and Restricted 
         Subsidiaries pertaining to obligations not exceeding in 
         the aggregate the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 5% of 
         Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of such date, and 
         (iii) Guaranties by the Company or by any Wholly-Owned 
         Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any Wholly-Owned 
         Restricted Subsidiary or of the Company, as the case may 
         be; provided that all such Indebtedness described in 
         clauses (ii) and (iii) above is permitted to be incurred 
         under this Agreement at the date of the making of such 
         Guaranty and provided, further, that in the event that 
         any Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee any 
         Indebtedness of the Company, such Restricted Subsidiary 
         shall also deliver a Guaranty, in form and substance 
         reasonably satisfactory to each holder of the Notes, to 
         each such holder of the obligations of the Company under 
         the Notes, but any such Guaranty to such holder(s) shall 
         not be included in any computation of outstanding 
         Guaranties for the purposes of this Section 7.5.

         (F)   Section 7.6 is amended by inserting the language "(including, 
without limitation, accounts receivable, inventory and cash and deposits)" 
after the language "properties or assets" in the eighth line thereof and by 
replacing the phrase "(h), (i) and (j)" after the phrase "clauses (e)," in 
the nineteenth line thereof with the phrase "(g) and (h)".

         Section 7.6 is further amended by the following changes:

                                     5

<PAGE>

         (i)   subparagraph (b) is amended to insert the language "not 
         involving Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, including Liens" after 
         the language "ordinary course of business" in the second line thereof;

         (ii) subparagraph (f) is amended by adding the following language 
         at the end thereof:

               "and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, Liens
               and other matters affecting the Mortgaged Property that are 
               described in Exhibit B;"

         (iii) subparagraph (g) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

               "(g) Liens on the real and personal property subject (as 
               of November 29, 1995) to the Kentucky Mortgage and 
               Security Agreement which may be created to secure certain 
               revenue bonds issued or to be issued in an aggregate 
               principal amount not exceeding $10,000,000 in connection 
               with a salt cake processing facility and landfill 
               expansion constructed or to be constructed on such 
               property;";

         (iv)  subparagraph (h) is amended by deleting all 
         references to the phrase "September 30, 1988" and 
         replacing them with the phrase "November 29, 1995" and by 
         inserting the phrase "to the 1995 Agreement" after the 
         phrase "Exhibit B" in the second line thereof;

         (v)   subparagraph (i) is deleted in its entirety and the 
         language "[intentionally omitted]" is inserted in its place; and

         (vi) subparagraph (j) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "(j) (i) Liens on any shares of the capital stock of an 
         Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Barmet Option."

                                    6

<PAGE>

         (G) Section 7.7 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         Section 7.7. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS AND 
         RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS.  The Company will not directly or 
         indirectly, through any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise, 
         declare or make, or incur any liability to make, any of 
         the following (such actions as are hereinafter described 
         in subsections (a) and (b) being called "Restricted 
         Payments"):

               (a)  any payment in cash, property or other assets 
         (other than shares of any class of capital stock of the 
         Company or any rights, warrants or options to purchase 
         such shares) as dividends or other distributions upon, 
         for the purpose of purchasing, retiring, redeeming or 
         otherwise acquiring for value, directly or indirectly, or 
         otherwise in respect of, any shares of any class of 
         capital stock (or any warrants or options evidencing a 
         right to purchase any such shares of stock) of the 
         Company, except to the extent permitted below; or

               (b) any Restricted Investment;

         PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions of this Section 7.7
         shall not prohibit the making of any Restricted 
         Payment if, immediately after, and after giving effect 
         to, the making of such Restricted Payment (i) no Event of 
         Default (or event which with notice or lapse of time or 
         both would constitute an Event of Default) would exist 
         and (ii) the Net Amount of Restricted Payments made after 
         September 30, 1995 would not exceed the sum of (x) 
         $5,000,000 plus (y) 50% of Consolidated Net Income (minus 
         100% of any consolidated net loss) for the period 
         commencing October 1, 1995 and ending on the last day of 
         the fiscal quarter of the Company most recently ended at 
         the time such Restricted Payment is made plus (z) the sum 
         of the aggregate net cash proceeds, determined by 
         reference to the net cash received by the Company (after 
         deducting all underwriting discounts and commissions and 
         all other expenses of such

                                      7

<PAGE>

         issuance), from the sale of Company capital stock
         made after September 30, 1995.

               For purposes of this Section 7.7, "Net Amount of 
         Restricted Payments" means for any period (i) the 
         aggregate amount of cash, property and other assets (at 
         the greater of net book value or fair market value) 
         distributed during, and liabilities outstanding at the 
         end of, such period in respect of Restricted Payments of 
         the type described in subsection (a) above, and (ii) in 
         respect of Restricted Investments, the cost thereof less 
         any actual return of capital in respect thereof (it being 
         understood that any dividend and interest payments 
         received in respect of Restricted Investments shall not 
         reduce the cost thereof."

         (H) Section 7.8 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         "Section 7.8. MAINTENANCE OF CURRENT ASSETS, CONSOLIDATED 
         WORKING CAPITAL NET WORTH AND FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE.

         (a)   The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall 
         at all times maintain Consolidated Working Capital equal 
         to or greater than $5,000,000 and shall not permit 
         Consolidated Current Assets to be less than 125% of 
         Consolidated Current Liabilities.

         (b)   The Company shall not at any time permit its 
         Consolidated Net Worth to be less than the sum of 
         $60,000,000 plus the greater of (i) zero and (ii) 50% of 
         cumulative Consolidated Net Income from and after October 1,
         1995.

         (c)   The Company shall not at any time permit the sum of 
         (i) Consolidated Cash Make plus (ii) the aggregate 
         Rentals attributable to the Company and its Restricted 
         Subsidiaries to be less than 250% of the sum of 
         Consolidated Interest Expense plus Rentals attributable 
         to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the 
         four immediately preceding consecutive fiscal quarters."
         
         (I)   Section 7.9 is amended by (i) deleting the word "three"
in the fifth line thereof and replacing it with the word "five", 
(ii) deleting all references therein to the

                                      8

<PAGE>

term "$500,000" and replacing each of them with the term 
"2,000,000", (iii) deleting the word "Senior" in the eleventh line 
thereof and (iv) deleting clause (i) of the proviso thereto in its 
entirety and replacing it with the language "(i) any lease of data 
processing, office, communication, mobile or transportation 
equipment having aggregate Rentals not to exceed $150,000."

         (J)   Section 7.10 is amended by inserting the word "convey" 
following the language "directly or indirectly" in the fifth line 
thereof and by inserting the word "conveyed" following the language 
"suffer to be" in the sixth line thereof.

         Section 7.10 is further amended by the following changes:

         (i)   subparagraphs (a) and (b) are amended by adding the 
         words "Wholly-Owned" immediately prior to all references 
         to the language "Restricted Subsidiary" therein; and
         
         (ii)  subparagraphs (c) and (d) and the last paragraph of 
         Section 7.10 are amended in their entirety to read as follows:
         
                "(c) the Company may be consolidated with or merged 
         into any other Person, and the Company may convey, sell, 
         lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or 
         substantially all of its properties and assets to any 
         Person, and any Person may consolidate with or merge into 
         the Company or convey or transfer its properties or 
         assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, if 
         the resulting Person or the transferee of such assets, 
         as the case may be, is a corporation organized and 
         existing under the laws of a State in the United States 
         which (i) will assume the obligations of the Company 
         under this Agreement and the Notes and (ii) can incur an 
         additional $1.00 of Funded Indebtedness pursuant to 
         Section 7.4(k); and

              (d)  the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may 
         convey, sell, lease, transfer, abandon or otherwise 
         dispose of or suffer to be conveyed, sold, leased, 
         transferred, abandoned or otherwise to be disposed of 
         (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) any of its assets 
         constituting not

                                      9

<PAGE>

         more than 10% of Consolidated Total Assets in any 
         transaction or series of related transactions during any 
         consecutive twelve-month period, provided that not more 
         than 15% of Consolidated Total Assets are disposed of on 
         a cumulative basis from the date hereof.

         The sale or other disposition of assets in the ordinary 
         and usual conduct of business and the disposition of 
         worn-out or obsolete equipment shall not be deemed to be 
         dispositions of assets for the purposes of this 
         Section 7.10."

         (K) Section 7.11 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

               "Section 7.11. ISSUE OR DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES.
         No Restricted Subsidiary shall issue, sell, assign, 
         transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares (or other 
         ownership interests) of any class of its capital stock or 
         equity ownership interests or of any options or warrants 
         to purchase its capital stock or equity ownership 
         interests or of other securities exchangeable for or 
         convertible into its capital stock or equity ownership 
         interests except (a) to the Company or a Wholly-Owned 
         Restricted Subsidiary or (b) directors' qualifying shares 
         as required by law.  Neither the Company nor any 
         Restricted Subsidiary shall sell, assign, transfer or 
         otherwise dispose of (except to the Company or a 
         Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary) any shares of capital 
         stock (or other ownership interests) of any class of any 
         Restricted Subsidiary, or any other security of, or any 
         Indebtedness owing to it by, any Restricted Subsidiary, 
         unless:

         (i)  the greater of the consideration received therefor 
         and the value thereof as stated on the books of the 
         Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of (A) the stock 
         (or other ownership interests) and other securities of 
         such Restricted Subsidiary and of each other Restricted 
         Subsidiary disposed of pursuant to this Section 7.11 in 
         the fiscal year of the Company in which such sale shall 
         occur and (B) the other properties and assets of the 
         Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries disposed of 
         pursuant to Section 7.10(d) does not exceed 10% of 
         Consolidated Total Assets during any consecutive 
         twelve-month period,

                                   10

<PAGE>

         PROVIDED that not more than 15% of Consolidated Total 
         Assets are disposed of on a cumulative basis from 
         November 29, 1995;
         
         (ii)  all of the capital stock (or other ownership 
         interests) and other securities and the entire 
         Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the 
         Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary shall be 
         sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of 
         (other than to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted 
         Subsidiary) at the same time;
         
         (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall not, at the time 
         of such sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, 
         own either (A) any shares of capital stock (or other 
         ownership interests) of any class or any other security 
         or any Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary 
         which is not being simultaneously disposed of as 
         permitted by this Section 7.11 or (B) any Indebtedness of 
         the Company;

         (iv)  immediately before and after giving effect to such 
         sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, no Event 
         of Default (or event which with notice or lapse of time 
         or both would constitute an Event of Default) will have 
         occurred and be continuing; and

         (v)  the consideration received for such shares of 
         capital stock (or other ownership interests), other 
         security or Indebtedness is not less than the fair market 
         value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of 
         the Company.

              For purposes of clause (i) of this Section 7.11, the 
         value of capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary 
         issued or sold in connection with the Barmet Option shall 
         be included as capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary 
         that was sold for a consideration of $8,417,000 and shall 
         be included in the computation of Consolidated Total 
         Assets for purposes of such clause (i) as though such 
         sale took place on November 30, 1995."

         (L) Section 7.13 is amended as follows:
         
         (i)   subparagraphs (d) and (e) are amended by
         inserting the language", limited liability

                                 11

<PAGE>

         company, partnership, trust or other similar entity" 
         after the word "corporation" in the first line thereof;
         
         (ii)  subparagraph (e) is further amended by (x) deleting 
         the term "$250,000" and replacing it with the term 
         "$1,000,000", (y) deleting the term "$500,000" and 
         replacing it with the term "$5,000,000" and (z) deleting 
         the phrase "the Company's" preceding "Investments" in 
         each of the fifth and seventh lines thereof; and

         (iii) subparagraph (f) is amended in its entirety to read 
         as follows:
         
         "(f) only in respect of Investments made by the 
         Company, Investments as permitted under the PROVISO to 
         Section 7.7;"
         
         Section 7.13 is further AMENDED BY adding the
         following language at the END thereof:
         
              "(g) an Investment constituting the initial 
         investment in a joint venture solely to conduct 
         activities as permitted by Section 7.3(f), to be entered 
         into between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and 
         VAW aluminium AG, a German corporation, or an affiliate 
         thereof, such initial Investment not to exceed 
         $16,000,000 (U.S.);
         
              (h)  Investments in a foreign subsidiary in which 
         all of the capital stock and voting power will be 100% 
         owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, to be 
         organized solely to conduct activities as permitted by 
         Section 7.3(f) at a plant to be located in Swansea, 
         Wales, United Kingdom, with such Investments not to 
         exceed, in the aggregate, $9,000,000 (U.S.); and
         
              (i)  Investments by the Company or a Restricted 
         Subsidiary in Marport Smelting, L.L.C., an Indiana 
         limited liability company, to conduct business solely as 
         permitted by Section 7.3(f), with such Investments not to 
         exceed $1,000,000."

              (M) Section 7.15 is amended by replacing the phrase 
         "and change in financial position" with the language
         
                                  12

<PAGE>

", changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows" in the eighteenth and 
nineteenth lines thereof.
         
         (N) Section 7.19 is amended as follows:

         (i) subparagraph (b), subsection (iv) is amended in its 
         entirety to read as follows:
         
               "(iv) permit the actuarial present value of all 
               benefit liabilities under all Plans (other than 
               Multiemployer Plans) to exceed the fair market 
               value of the assets of such Plans by more than 
               $250,000, with such benefit liabilities 
               determined based on the actuarial assumptions 
               which would be used by the Pension Benefit 
               Guaranty Corporation with respect to Plans 
               terminating at the time of determination; or"; 
               and
         
         (ii) the last sentence at the end thereof is amended in 
         its entirety to read as follows:

               "As used in this Section 7.19, the term 
               "accumulated funding deficiency" has the 
               meaning indicated for such term in Section 
               4.13."

         (0) Section 7.20 is amended in its entirety to read as 
follows:
         
               "Section 7.20. FOREIGN PENSION LIABILITY.  The 
               Company will not, and will not permit any 
               Related Person to, incur any liability under 
               the laws of any applicable jurisdiction outside 
               of the United States to or in respect of any 
               employee benefit plan or other plan mandated by 
               law or established or maintained for the 
               benefit of employees of the Company or of any 
               Related Person which could have a Material 
               Adverse Effect."
         
         (P) Section 8.1 is amended as follows:

         (i) subparagraph (a) is amended (w) by replacing the word 
         "income" with the word "earnings" in the ninth line 
         thereof, (x) by replacing the phrase "stockholders' 
         equity and changes in financial position" with the phrase 
         "cash flows" in the tenth line thereof, (y) by replacing 
         the word "either"

                                      13
<PAGE>

         with the word "any" in the twenty-ninth line thereof, and 
         (z) by inserting the language "and such other statements" 
         after the word "income" in the thirty-fourth line thereof;
         
         (ii)  subparagraph (b) is amended (v) by replacing the 
         word "income" with the word "earnings" in the tenth line 
         thereof, (w) by inserting the phrase "changes in" after 
         the word "of" in the eleventh line thereof, (x) by 
         replacing the phrase "changes in financial position" with 
         the phrase "cash flows" in the twelfth line thereof, (y) 
         by replacing the word "either" with the word "any" in the 
         thirty-second line thereof, and (z) by inserting the 
         language "and such other statements" after the word 
         "income" in the thirty-seventh line thereof;

         (iii) subparagraph (c) is amended in its entirety to read 
         as follows:
         
              "(c) together with the delivery of the financial 
         statements referred to in Section 8.1(a) and (b) (or, in 
         the case of clause (i) below, if quarterly or annual 
         reporting requirements for such entities differ from 
         those set forth in Section 8.1(a) or (b), as soon as the 
         same are available), (i) separate financial statements of 
         substantially the same type referred to in Section 8.1(a) 
         and (b) for each of the entities described in Section 
         7.13(g), (h) and (i), together with, to the extent any 
         such fiscal year-end financial statements are audited, a 
         copy of the auditor's report with respect to such 
         financial statements, and (ii) a copy of a report to 
         management of the Company on a plant-by-plant, 
         year-to-date, basis, substantially in the form attached 
         to the 1995 Note Agreement as Exhibit C;"

         (iv)  subparagraphs (g) and (h) are deleted in their 
         entirety and the language "[intentionally omitted]" is 
         inserted in each of their places; and
         
         (v)   the last paragraph is amended by inserting the 
         language "(i) such information is publicly available or 
         (ii)" after the word "unless" in the thirteenth line 
         thereof.

                                   14
<PAGE>

         (Q)   Section 8.2 is amended by deleting the phrase 
"the Chairman of the Board of Directors or" after the 
word "of" in the fourth line thereof.

         (R)   Section 8.4 is amended by inserting the 
phrase "(unless an Event of Default shall have occurred 
and is continuing, in which event at the Company's 
expense)" after the word "expense" in the sixth line 
thereof.

         (S) Section 9.1 is amended as follows:
         
         (i)  subparagraph (e) is amended (x) by deleting the 
         parenthesized phrase in the fourth and fifth lines 
         thereof and replacing it with the language "(including 
         any of the 1995 Notes)", (y) by deleting the phrase  ", 
         except in the case of immaterial defaults relating to the 
         Bond Documents," in the fourteenth, fifteenth, and 
         sixteenth lines thereof and (z) by inserting the language 
         "or other governing body" following the language "Board 
         of Directors" in the twenty-seventh line thereof;

         (ii) subparagraph (f) is amended by replacing the
         term "$500,000" in the fifth line thereof with the
         term "$1,000,000";

         (iii) subparagraph (j) is amended (x) by (i) inserting 
         the language "provided that any of the following actions 
         could result in a Material Adverse Effect (with respect 
         to the Company or any Related Person)," at the beginning 
         thereof, (y) by deleting the word "or" in the eighth line 
         thereof, and by (z) inserting the phrase  ", or (iv) the 
         Company or any Related Person shall withdraw or partially 
         withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan" at the end thereof;

         (iv)  subparagraph (m) is amended by replacing the phrase 
         "$200,000" in the third line thereof with the phrase 
         "$500,000"; and
         
         (v)   subparagraph (p) is amended by deleting the phrase 
         ", or the Company or any party thereto shall default in 
         the performance of its material obligations under the 
         Bond Documents at the end thereof".

                                        15
<PAGE>

         (T) Section 10.1 is amended as follows:
         
         (i) the following definitions are deleted in their
         entirety:

         "Accounts Receivable", "Consolidated Cash Flow Available 
         for Debt Service", "Excess Cash Flow", and "Pro Forma 
         Consolidated Debt Service Requirements".
         
         (ii) the following definitions are hereby added to 
         Section 10.1:
         
         "'BARMET OPTION' means that certain right of Barmet 
         Aluminum Corporation ("Barmet") to purchase up to a 49% 
         interest in IMCO Recycling of Ohio Inc., a Restricted 
         Subsidiary, pursuant to the terms and conditions of that 
         certain Supply Agreement dated March 2, 1992, as amended, 
         by and between the Company and Barmet."

         "'CONSOLIDATED CASH MAKE' for any period means the
         sum of:
         
         

         (a)  Consolidated Net Income for such period (minus, in 
         the event of any sale or other disposition of the type 
         referred to in Section 7.10 or Section 7.11, other than 
         to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, Net Income 
         attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary (or reasonably 
         attributable to any assets) so sold or otherwise disposed 
         of for such period) plus expenses of the Company and its 
         Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of interest on 
         Indebtedness and expenses of the type set forth in (b)(v) 
         of the definition of Net Income for such period (except 
         for such expenses which were deducted in calculating Net 
         Income for such period and were attributable to assets 
         sold or otherwise disposed of in a transaction of the 
         type referred to in Section 7.10 or Section 7.11, other 
         than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
         attributable to the assets or securities so sold); and

         (b)  (without duplication of any amounts included for 
         such period pursuant to (a) above) as to any corporation 
         or other entity which became a Restricted Subsidiary 
         after the beginning of such period, or part or all of the 
         assets of which were

                                    16
<PAGE>

         acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after 
         the beginning of such period, its Net Income during such 
         period prior to the date on which it became a Restricted 
         Subsidiary or the Net Income reasonably attributable to 
         such assets during the period prior to the acquisition 
         hereof without, in either case, any deduction for 
         interest charges on Indebtedness of such corporation or 
         other entity or for depreciation and amortization of such 
         acquired assets, provided that if during such period the 
         proceeds from any sale or other disposition of the type 
         referred to in Section 7.10 or Section 7.11 (other than 
         to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) have been 
         utilized to acquire such corporation or such assets, the 
         Net Income of such corporation or the Net Income 
         reasonably attributable to such assets included in 
         Consolidated Cash Make pursuant to this clause (b) shall 
         be reduced by the amount of the contribution, if any, to 
         Consolidated Net Income made during such period by such 
         proceeds."
         
         "'CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE' means the aggregate of 
         all interest charges on Indebtedness of the Company and 
         its Restricted Subsidiaries after eliminating all 
         inter-company items, and otherwise computed, in 
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles."

         "'ELEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEAR NOTES' has the meaning
         set forth in the 1995 Note Agreement.
         
         "'ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS' means any and all Federal, state, 
         local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, 
         ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, 
         concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or 
         governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the 
         protection of the environment or the release of any 
         materials into the environment, including but not limited 
         to those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air 
         emissions and discharges to waste or public systems."

         "'1995 NOTE AGREEMENT' means the Note Purchase Agreement 
         dated as of November 29, 1995 between the Company and The 
         Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York."

                                    17

<PAGE>

         "'1995 NOTES' means the unsecured promissory notes due 
         October 31, 2007 of the Company issued pursuant to the 
         1995 Note Agreement."
         
         "'PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED DEBT SERVICE' means the 
         aggregate amount payable during the period of the next 
         four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company and its 
         Restricted Subsidiaries, beginning subsequent to the date 
         on which such determination is made, in respect of 
         interest on Indebtedness and in respect of required 
         payments and prepayments of the principal of, and 
         premium, if any, on, Indebtedness, PROVIDED that, in the 
         case of any Indebtedness which provides for the payment 
         of interest thereon at a rate which fluctuates, the 
         interest in respect thereof which shall be included in 
         Pro Forma Consolidated Debt Service shall be computed on 
         the basis of the higher of (x) the interest rate in 
         effect at the time of any such determination of Pro Forma 
         Consolidated Debt Service and (y) the maximum interest 
         rate which may be borne by such Indebtedness, if by its 
         terms such maximum interest rate is established, except 
         for any maximum interest rate established solely in order 
         to ensure compliance with applicable usury laws."
         
         "'SWAPS' means, with respect to any Person, payment 
         obligations with respect to interest rate swaps, currency 
         swaps and similar obligations obligating such Person to 
         make payments, whether periodically or upon the happening 
         of a contingency.  For the purposes of this Agreement, 
         the amount of the obligation under any Swap shall be the 
         amount determined in respect thereof as of the end of the 
         then most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Person, 
         based on the assumption that such Swap had terminated at 
         the end of such fiscal quarter, and in making such 
         determination, if any agreement relating to such Swap 
         provides for the netting of amounts payable by and to 
         such Person thereunder or if any such agreement provides 
         for the simultaneous payment of amounts by and to such 
         Person, then in each such case, the amount of such 
         obligation shall be the net amount so determined."

         "'WHOLLY-OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY' means, at any time, 
         any Restricted Subsidiary one hundred percent

                                   18
<PAGE>

         (100%) of all of the equity interest (except directors' 
         qualifying shares) and voting interests of which are 
         owned by any one or more of the Company and the Company's 
         other Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries at such time."

         (iii) The following definitions are amended as follows:
         
         "APPLICABLE TREASURY YIELD" is amended in its
         entirety to read as follows:

         "'APPLICABLE TREASURY YIELD' shall be determined by 
         reference to (i) the display designated as "Page 678" on 
         the Telerate Access Service (or such other display as may 
         replace Page 678 on the Telerate Access Service) as of 
         10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business 
         Day preceding the date fixed for the payment of the Notes 
         in question, or (ii) if not reported as of such time or 
         otherwise unascertainable, the most recent Federal 
         Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become 
         publicly available at least two Business Days prior to 
         the date fixed for the payment of Notes in question (or, 
         if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any 
         publicly available source of similar market data), and 
         shall mean the yield reported on such Telerate Access 
         Service, or most recent weekly average yield, as the case 
         may be, on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities 
         adjusted to a constant maturity equal to the then 
         remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Notes 
         (the "REMAINING LIFE"); provided that if the Remaining 
         Life of such Notes is not equal to the contract maturity 
         of a U.S. Treasury security for which a yield or weekly 
         average yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Yield 
         shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to 
         the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yield or 
         weekly average yield of U.S. Treasury securities for 
         which such yields are given."

         "CONSOLIDATED FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" is amended by adding 
         the following language to the end thereof:
         
         "PROVIDED, that for purposes of computing Consolidated 
         Funded Indebtedness prior to the

                                    19

<PAGE>

         Second Closing Date (as defined in the 1995 Note 
         Agreement), such term shall be deemed to include 
         $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Eleven and 
         One-Half Year Notes as though the same had been issued in 
         full on November 29, 1995".

         "CONSOLIDATED NET TANGIBLE ASSETS" is amended in its 
         entirety to read as follows:
         
         "'CONSOLIDATED NET TANGIBLE ASSETS' means, at any date, 
         the aggregate amount of all assets of the Company and its 
         Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (i) 
         depreciation, depletion, obsolescence, amortization, 
         valuation, contingency and other proper reserves in 
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
         (ii) Consolidated Current Liabilities, (iii) Restricted 
         Investments and Investments referred to in Section 
         7.13(e) and (i), (iv) that portion of the book amount of 
         all such assets which would be treated as intangible 
         assets under generally accepted accounting principles, 
         including without limitation, all such items as goodwill, 
         trade marks, trade names, brand names, copyrights, 
         patents, licenses and rights with respect to the 
         foregoing, write-up of assets subsequent to June 30, 1995 
         and unamortized debt discount and expenses, and (v) all 
         long term liabilities other than Funded Indebtedness; 
         PROVIDED that, solely for purposes of Section 7.4(k)(i), for 
         purposes of computing Consolidated Net Tangible Assets 
         prior to the Second Closing Date (as defined in the 1995 
         Note Agreement), such term shall be deemed to include 
         $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Eleven and 
         One-Half Year Notes as though the same had been issued in 
         full on November 29, 1995 and that the Company had 
         received $15,000,000 cash in proceeds from such issuance."

         "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" is amended by deleting 
         the phrase "October 31, 1986" in clause (iii) thereof and 
         inserting the language "June 30, 1995" in its place and 
         by adding the language "and Investments referred to in 
         Section 7.13(e) and (i)" after "Restricted Investments" 
         in clause (vi) thereof.

         "CURRENT LIABILITIES" is amended by replacing the
         language "and the 1986 Notes and the Subordinated
         
                                    20

<PAGE>

         Notes" with the phrase "and the 1995 Notes" in the 
         penultimate and last lines thereof.
         
         "FIRM OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS" is amended
         in its entirety to read as follows:

         "'FIRM OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS' means Ernst and 
         Young LLP, Arthur Andersen & Co., Coopers & Lybrand, 
         Deloitte & Touche LLP, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Price 
         Waterhouse & Co., or any other nationally recognized firm 
         of certified public accountants satisfactory to the 
         Majority Noteholders, PROVIDED that such firm is 
         independent with respect to the Person or Persons whose 
         financial statements it examines in accordance with this 
         Agreement."

         "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" is amended by deleting "the 1986 
         Notes and the Subordinated Notes" in the eleventh and 
         twelfth lines thereof and replacing such language with 
         "the 1995 Notes."

         "INDEBTEDNESS" is amended by deleting the phase "and (c)" 
         in the eighteenth line thereof and replacing such 
         language with ", (c) all Swaps and (d),"
         
         "NET INCOME" is amended by (i) deleting all references to 
         the phrase "October 31, 1985" and replacing them with the 
         phrase "September 30, 1995" and (ii) replacing the 
         reference to "November 1, 1985" therein with "October 1, 
         1995."

         "PERSON" is amended by inserting the language ", limited 
         liability company" after the word "Partnership" in the 
         second line thereof.
         
         "REQUIREMENT OF LAW" is amended by inserting the phrase 
         "(including without limitation, any Environmental Law)" 
         after the word "law" in the second line thereof.
         
         "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" is amended in its entirety
         to read as follows:

         "'RESTRICTED INVESTMENT' means any Investment not 
         permitted pursuant to Section 7.13(a) through (e) and (g) 
         through (i), inclusive."
         
                                   21

<PAGE>

         "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" is amended in its entirety to 
         read as follows:
         
         "'RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY' means any Subsidiary which is 
         not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  A Subsidiary which 
         becomes a Restricted Subsidiary shall remain so for all 
         purposes of this Agreement, and may not be designated an 
         Unrestricted Subsidiary."

         "STOCK OPTION PLAN" is amended (w) by deleting the word 
         "non-qualified" in the first line thereof, (x) by 
         replacing the word "plan" with the word "plans" in the 
         second line thereof, (y) by inserting the phrase ", 
         directors" after the word "officers" in the fifth line 
         thereof, and (z) by inserting the phrase "and agents" 
         after the word "employees" in the fifth line thereof.
         
         "'SUBSIDIARY" is amended in its entirety to read as 
         follows:
         
         "'SUBSIDIARY' means, at any date, any corporation, 
         partnership, trust, limited liability company, limited 
         partnership or similar entity (a) at least a majority of 
         the outstanding capital stock or equity interest having 
         ordinary voting power of which, except directors' 
         qualifying shares (as required by law), is directly or 
         indirectly owned by the Company or one or more 
         Subsidiaries, (b) which is incorporated or organized, as 
         the case may be, under the laws of any State of the 
         United States or the District of Columbia or under the 
         laws of the Dominion of Canada or any province thereof, 
         and (c) which maintains all or substantially all of its 
         properties and assets within the United States or any 
         territory thereof or the Dominion of Canada."

         "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" is amended in its entirety to 
         read as follows:
         
         "'UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY' means any Subsidiary 
         designated as such by the Company to the Noteholders.  A 
         Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall 
         remain so for all purposes of this Agreement, and may not 
         be designated or become a Restricted Subsidiary."

                                  22

<PAGE>

         "VOTING SECURITIES" is amended by inserting the language 
         ", or other equity interests in any other Person," 
         following the word "corporation" in the second line 
         thereof and by inserting the language "in such 
         corporation or other Person" following the phrase 
         "similar functions" in the sixth line thereof.

         (U) Section 11.1 is amended in its entirety to read as 
         follows:
         
              "Section 11.1 COMMUNICATIONS.  Subject to Section 3.4, 
         all communications provided for under this 
         Agreement or under the Notes shall be in writing and 
         shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered 
         or mailed by registered or certified mail postage prepaid 
         or, to the extent receipt is confirmed, by telecopy, 
         telefax or other electronic transmission service:
         
              (a)  if to the Purchaser, at the Purchaser's address 
         or telecopy number set forth in Schedule I to this 
         Agreement, as such address or telecopy number may be 
         changed from time to time by written notice to the 
         Company; or

              (b)  if to the Company at its office at 5215 North 
         O'Connor Boulevard, Suite 940, Central Tower at Williams 
         Square, Irving, Texas 75039, marked for attention to Mr. 
         Paul V. Dufour, Telecopy Number: (214) 869-6556, as such 
         address or telecopy number may be changed from time to 
         time in accordance with Section 7.1 by written notice to 
         the Purchasers and the holders of the Notes; or
         
              (c)  if to any holder of a Note, at the address or 
         telecopy number of such holder as it appears on the 
         register maintained as provided in Section 3.1 (which address or 
         telecopy number, in the case of a Purchaser, initially 
         shall be the address or telecopy number of such Purchaser 
         specified in clause (a) of this Section 11.1) as such 
         address or telecopy number may
         
                                     23
<PAGE>

         be changed by such holder from time to time by written 
         notice to the Company."
         
         2.  RELEASE OF KENTUCKY PROPERTY.  The Company has advised 
MONY and MLICA that a municipality or subdivision of the 
Commonwealth of Kentucky has proposed to the Company that it 
provide industrial revenue bond or similar financing (the "New 
Kentucky Financing") for the construction of certain saltcake 
processing, landfill and related facilities on the property which 
is currently subject to the Kentucky Mortgage and Security 
Agreement (as defined the 1988 Agreement) (the "Kentucky Property") 
and that, in connection therewith, the entity providing the New 
Kentucky Financing will require a first mortgage lien on such 
property and the new plant and landfill to be constructed thereon.  
In order to facilitate such financing, when a final commitment is 
received to effect the New Kentucky Financing, the Company desires 
to take such action as is necessary to subdivide the Kentucky 
Property so that the current plant and facilities located thereon 
shall remain subject to the Kentucky Mortgage and Security 
Agreement but that a portion of the Kentucky Property on which the 
new facilities are to be constructed shall be released from the 
Lien of the Kentucky Mortgage and Security Agreement.  In 
connection therewith, MONY and MLICA agree that, subject to the 
delivery to each of them of (i) a release of lien instrument, in 
form and substance satisfactory to each of them and their counsel, 
and (ii) lien searches of the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the 
1988 Agreement) showing no liens having priority over the lien of 
the Mortgages (as defined in the 1988 Agreement) other than those 
previously permitted in connection with the closing of the 
transactions contemplated by the 1988 Agreement, each of them will 
execute such documents in order to release the Lien of the Kentucky 
Mortgage and Security Agreement from that portion of the Kentucky 
Property as is necessary in order to enable the New Kentucky 
Financing to be effectuated.

         3.    MISCELLANEOUS.  MONY hereby represents that it is the 
holder of the entire outstanding principal amount of the Notes.  
Except to the extent amended or modified by this Amendment, or 
except as may have been previously waived in writing pursuant to 
Section 11.2 of the Agreement, the remaining terms and provisions 
of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for all 
purposes.  This Amendment is limited precisely as written and shall 
not be deemed to (a) be a waiver of or consent to the modification 
or deviation from any other term or condition of the Agreement

                                   24

<PAGE>

or any of the other instruments, agreements or documents referred 
to therein or (b) prejudice any right or rights which the holders 
of the Notes may have now or may have in the future under or in 
connection with the Agreement or any of the other instruments, 
agreements or documents referred to therein.

      EXECUTED effective as of the day and year first above written.

                                      IMCO RECYCLING INC.



                                      By:     /s/ James B. Walburg
                                            ------------------------
                                            James B. Walburg
                                            Vice President


                                      THE MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                        COMPANY OF NEW YORK



                                      By:       /s/ Diane Hom
                                            ------------------------
                                      Name:  Diane Hom
                                      Title: Managing Director
 
                                      MONY LIFE INSURANCE
                                        COMPANY OF AMERICA


                                      By:       /s/ Diane Hom
                                            ------------------------
                                      Name:  Diane Hom
                                      Title: Authorized Agent




                                     25






<PAGE>


                   LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF 
                     IMCO RECYCLING INC.


1.  IMCO Investment Company, a Delaware Corporation

2.  Interamerican Zinc, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

3.  IMCO Recycling of Ohio Inc., a Delaware Corporation

4.  IMCO Management Partnership L.P., a Texas limited partnership

5.  IMCO Recycling of California, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

6.  IMCO Energy Corp., a Delaware Corporation

7.  Phoenix Smelting Corporation, a Georgia Corporation

8.  IMCO Recycling of Loudon Inc., a Tennessee Corporation

9.  IMCO International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

10. IMCO Recycling of Indiana Inc., a Delaware Corporation

11. IMCO Recycling of Illinois Inc., a Delaware Corporation

12. Metal Mark, Inc., an Illinois Corporation

13. Columbia Aluminum Processing, Ltd. an Illinois Corporation

14. Marnor Aluminum Processing, Inc.,  a Missouri Corporation

15. Tropram, Inc., an Indiana Corporation

16. Pittsburg Aluminum, Inc.,  a Kansas Corporation

17. IMCO Recycling of Michigan L.L.C.  a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 23

                      Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement 
(Form S-8 No. 33-26641) pertaining to the Nonqualified Stock Option Plan of 
IMCO Recycling Inc. and the related Prospectus, in the Registration Statement 
(Form S-8 No. 33-34745) pertaining to the IMCO Recycling Inc. Amended and 
Restated Stock Option Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 
33-76780) pertaining to the IMCO Recycling Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan, and 
in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-00075) pertaining to the IMCO 
Recycling Inc. Amended and Restated 1992 Stock Option Plan of our report 
dated February 5, 1996, with respect to the consolidated financial statements 
of IMCO Recycling Inc. included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year 
ended December 31, 1995.


                                         /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 27, 1996

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                           8,678
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   27,442
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                      9,146
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                47,917
<PP&E>                                         111,758
<DEPRECIATION>                                (32,989)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 139,877
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           19,919
<BONDS>                                         29,754
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,196
<OTHER-SE>                                      82,080
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   139,877
<SALES>                                        141,167
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               141,167
<CGS>                                          110,228
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  110,228
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,073
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 20,363
<INCOME-TAX>                                     7,893
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             12,470
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    12,470
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.03
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.03
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission